Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 460

EPDAF - LDEC

EN
a

Content:
Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices........................................................................... 17
• Pictographs used.........................................................................................................................18
• Abbreviations...............................................................................................................................19
• Safety Devices ............................................................................................................................20

General ....................................................................................................................................... 23
Connection conditions ...................................................................................................................27

• Power supply cable specifications...............................................................................................28


• Supply cable protections .............................................................................................................33

Control system and machine drive ...............................................................................................35

• Principle.......................................................................................................................................36
• Security .......................................................................................................................................37
• Power supply - motor switches....................................................................................................38
• Control system of the main motor control box.............................................................................39
• Main motor ..................................................................................................................................40
• Brake ...........................................................................................................................................42
• Cooling system............................................................................................................................43
• Pickfinding ...................................................................................................................................44
• Weaving (driving the machine)....................................................................................................45
• Let-off ..........................................................................................................................................46
• Take-up motion ...........................................................................................................................51

EN 1 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Overview of the weaving machine.................................................................................................53

• Overview of weaving machine 1..................................................................................................54


• Overview of weaving machine 2..................................................................................................55
• Overview of weaving machine 3..................................................................................................56

Main control box (CB) > Parts on the outside of the main control box ....................................57

• Overview of the outside of the main control box..........................................................................58


• Side 1 ..........................................................................................................................................59
• Side 2 ..........................................................................................................................................60
• Side 3 ..........................................................................................................................................61
• Side 4 ..........................................................................................................................................62

Main control box (CB) > High-voltage section .............................................................................63

• General........................................................................................................................................64
• Components ................................................................................................................................65
• High voltage plate........................................................................................................................66
• High voltage plate > Standard components ................................................................................67
• High voltage plate > Power distribution parts ..............................................................................68
• High voltage plate > Main motor parts.........................................................................................69
• High voltage plate > Outside cam leveling components..............................................................70
• High voltage plate >Parts for the batching motion.......................................................................71
• High voltage plate > Parts for the warp stop motion without drop wires......................................72
• High voltage plate > Hot wire cutter parts ...................................................................................73
• High voltage plate > Jacquarette parts........................................................................................74

2 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• High voltage plate > Light barrier parts .......................................................................................75


• High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches ........................................................76
• High voltage plate > INRUSH print..............................................................................................78
• Board Rack..................................................................................................................................80
• Board Rack > BPO print..............................................................................................................81
• Board Rack > EB print.................................................................................................................82
• Board Rack > ATB print ..............................................................................................................84
• Board Rack > CEB print .............................................................................................................88
• IPS module..................................................................................................................................91
• EPDAF/A print .............................................................................................................................94
• TRIAX print..................................................................................................................................99
• LDEC.........................................................................................................................................106
• LDEC > OBMM110 print ...........................................................................................................123
• LDEC > RBMM110 print............................................................................................................132
• LDEC > CBMM110 print............................................................................................................141
• LDEC > EBMM1020 print ..........................................................................................................145
• QM: main switch........................................................................................................................149
• FL: mains filter (only with CE machines) ...................................................................................150
• LR: coil ......................................................................................................................................151

Main control box (CB) > Low-voltage section ............................................................................152

• General......................................................................................................................................153
• Components ..............................................................................................................................154
• MCB print ..................................................................................................................................155

EN 3 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• DDMP print ................................................................................................................................165


• MIDB/A print ..............................................................................................................................168
• AIB print.....................................................................................................................................169
• WEB print ..................................................................................................................................173

PICAN bus......................................................................................................................................175

• Function and description ...........................................................................................................176


• Concept .....................................................................................................................................177
• Signals and cable ......................................................................................................................181
• EPDAF print...............................................................................................................................182
• CAN and PICAN devices...........................................................................................................183
• PICAN devices > Prewinders ....................................................................................................184
• PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module .........................................................................................186
• PICAN devices > Thermal cutter (eCCTH)................................................................................189
• PICAN devices > e-Leno ...........................................................................................................190

Properties of the electrical components located outside the control boxes ..........................191

• Display characteristics...............................................................................................................192
• Properties of proximity switches and other detection elements.................................................193
• Properties of the stepping motors..............................................................................................196
• Properties of the servo motors ..................................................................................................197
• Properties of the brakes (holding brake and parking brake)......................................................198
• Properties of the resolver ..........................................................................................................199

4 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Diagrams................................................................................................................................... 201
Standard diagrams .......................................................................................................................205

• CE machines without series transformer per machine..............................................................206


• CE machines with series transformer per machine...................................................................207
• Non CE machines without series transformer per machine ......................................................208
• Non CE machines with series transformer per machine ...........................................................209

Diagrams for options....................................................................................................................210

• Batching motion.........................................................................................................................211
• Aspirator ....................................................................................................................................212
• Outside cam motion with leveling..............................................................................................213
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > Without centre hot wire cutters .......................................................214
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 1 centre hot wire cutter ...........................................................215
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 2 centre thermal cutters ..........................................................216
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 3 centre thermal cutters ..........................................................217
• Warp stop motion without drop wires (WDDL) ..........................................................................218

Power supply diagrams > General ..............................................................................................219

• General > Power supplies – Overview ......................................................................................220


• General > Power Supply Control and Powerfail ........................................................................221

Power supply diagrams > +26V DC.............................................................................................222

• +26VDC survey .........................................................................................................................223

EN 5 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• +26VDCS .................................................................................................................................224
• +26VDC1...................................................................................................................................225
• +26VDC2...................................................................................................................................226
• +26V DC....................................................................................................................................227
• +26VDC on the AIB print ...........................................................................................................228
• +26VDC on the CEB_X print .....................................................................................................229
• +26VDC on the CEB_Y print .....................................................................................................230
• +26VDC on the CEB_Z print .....................................................................................................231
• +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of cut reed).....................................................................232
• +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of cut reed).....................................................................233
• +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of continuous reed) ........................................................234
• +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of continuous reed) ........................................................235
• +26VDC on the EB print ............................................................................................................236
• +26VDC on the WEB_X print ...................................................................................................237
• +26VDC on the WEB_Y print ....................................................................................................238
• +26VDC on the WEB_Z print ....................................................................................................239
• +26VDCPICAN..........................................................................................................................240

6 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > 290V ...................................................................................................241

Power supply diagrams > 48V AC ...............................................................................................242

Power supply diagrams > 41V DC ...............................................................................................243

Power supply diagrams > +12VDC..............................................................................................244

Power supply diagrams > -12VDC...............................................................................................245

Power supply diagrams > +5VDC................................................................................................246

Connecting the machine terminal and the diagnostic plug ......................................................247

Emergency stop diagrams ...........................................................................................................248

• Emergency stops > CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion...................................249
• Emergency stops > CE machines > With jacquard ...................................................................250
• Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion...........................251
• Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With jacquard ...........................................................252

Control button diagrams ..............................................................................................................253

• Control buttons > Detections > With CE machines ...................................................................254


• Control buttons > Detections > With non-CE machines ............................................................255
• Control buttons > Protection logic (second contact)..................................................................256

Signals diagrams ..........................................................................................................................257

• Signal lights ...............................................................................................................................257

EN 7 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• Warning lights............................................................................................................................258

PICAN diagram ..............................................................................................................................259

• PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby .....................................260
• PICAN diagram> with e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby ..........................................261
• PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby, with jacquarette ..........262
• PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and jacquard .............................................................................263
• PICAN diagram > without e-Leno and with jacquard.................................................................264
• PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) .............................................................265
• PICAN diagram > with QSC and e-Leno ...................................................................................266
• PICAN diagram > with QSC, e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) ...................................................267
• PICAN diagram > Without Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881) .......................................268
• PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881) ............................................269
• PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and cam motion........................................................270

Cabling ..................................................................................................................................... 271


Internal connections .....................................................................................................................277

Cables without number ................................................................................................................278

• Cables without number > part 1 ................................................................................................278


• Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest ...........................................................290

Cables sorted according to number............................................................................................295

• #36: Stretch and extraction stretch nozzle ................................................................................295

8 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #51: Filling cutter motor.............................................................................................................295


• #55: Oil pressure detection .......................................................................................................296
• #57A: Detection leveling outside cam motion ...........................................................................296
• #57B: Detection leveling outside cam motion ...........................................................................296
• #59: Let-off motion (incl. FANCY) and pull through push-buttons on control box .....................297
• #60: Parallel communication .....................................................................................................297
• #64A: LHS push buttons ...........................................................................................................297
• #64B: LHS push buttons ...........................................................................................................298
• #66: Signal light on the control box ...........................................................................................298
• #67A: High voltage in control box..............................................................................................299
• #67B: High voltage in control box..............................................................................................299
• #69: Dobby 2861-16K or 2871-16K...........................................................................................300
• #72A: Fabric cutter 1 .................................................................................................................301
• #72B: Fabric cutter 1 .................................................................................................................301
• #73A: Fabric cutter 2 .................................................................................................................302
• #73B: Fabric cutter 2 .................................................................................................................302
• #74A: Fabric cutter 3 .................................................................................................................302
• #74B: Fabric cutter 3 .................................................................................................................303
• #75: Jacquarette........................................................................................................................303
• #76: Valve for the loom apron ...................................................................................................303
• #101: Keyboard and display......................................................................................................304
• #102: Keyboard and display......................................................................................................304
• #105A: Signal light on the machine...........................................................................................305
• #105B: Signal light on the machine...........................................................................................305

EN 9 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #108: Power On push button on control box .............................................................................305


• #151: Safety light grid transmitter - TYPE "SICK" .....................................................................306
• #152: Safety light grid receiver- TYPE "SICK" ..........................................................................306
• #162: “SENSOPART” light beam amplifier inside the control box.............................................307
• #164: RHS protective guard on the machine.............................................................................307
• #170: LHS air tucker valves.......................................................................................................307
• #171: RHS airtucker valves .......................................................................................................308
• #172: RHS air tucker cutter .......................................................................................................308
• #174: Proximity switch in pickfinding position............................................................................308
• #175: Proximity switch in weaving position ...............................................................................308
• #179: Center air tucker valves 1................................................................................................309
• #180: Center air tucker cutter 1 .................................................................................................309
• #181: Center air tucker valves 2................................................................................................309
• #182: Center air tucker cutter 2 .................................................................................................310
• #191 #192 #193: ETU motor .....................................................................................................310
• #194 #195 #196: ELO2 motor ...................................................................................................313
• #266: Valve for positioning the movable main nozzles..............................................................315
• #274: Clamp on the main nozzle (up to 6 channels) .................................................................315
• #320: Diagnostic plug on the control box ..................................................................................316
• #338B/339B: Emergency stop and warning light RHS on OMP800..........................................316
• #338B/339B: Emergency stop and warning light LHS on OMP800 ..........................................317
• #340A: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800 .................................................................317
• #340B: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800 .................................................................319
• #341A: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800..................................................................320

10 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #341B: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800 .................................................................321


• #356: PICAN filling detector box filling detector signals on OMP800........................................322
• #359: Back rest QSC safety switch fancy beam on OMP800 ...................................................322
• #367A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 1&2 on OMP800 ......................................322
• #367B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 1&2 on OMP800 ......................................323
• #368A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 3&4 on OMP800 ......................................323
• #368B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 3&4 on OMP800 ......................................324
• #369A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 5&6 on OMP800 ......................................324
• #369B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 5&6 on OMP800 ......................................325
• #370A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 7&8 on OMP800 ......................................325
• #370B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 7&8 on OMP800 ......................................326
• #371A: Protective cover LHS on the machine on OMP800 ......................................................326
• #372: Resolver on OMP800 ......................................................................................................327
• #376: Catcher stretcher on OMP800.........................................................................................327
• #392: Reference proximity switch .............................................................................................327
• #393: Power supply (26VDCL ) for safety light grid ..................................................................328
• #395: ELSY LHS .......................................................................................................................328
• #396: ELSY RHS.......................................................................................................................329
• #397: Center ELSY 1 ................................................................................................................329
• #398: Center ELSY 2 ................................................................................................................330
• #413A: Parking brake................................................................................................................330
• #413B: Parking brake................................................................................................................331
• #429: DD to the LDEC print.......................................................................................................331
• #552: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 1 & 2 .....................................331

EN 11 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #553: Movable nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 1 & 2 .........................................332
• #554: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4..................................333
• #555: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4 .............................334
• #556: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6..................................335
• #557: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6 .............................336
• #558: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8..................................337
• #559: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8 .............................338
• #563A: PICAN of the filling detector box (FDCB) to the e-Leno RHS .......................................339
• #563B: PICAN from e-Leno RHS to e-Leno LHS ......................................................................339
• #563C: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to jacquard or CAN dobby ....................................................340
• #564A: PICAN of the filling detector box (FDCB) to the e-Leno QSC connector ......................340
• #564B: PICAN from e-Leno QSC to e-Leno RHS .....................................................................341
• #564C: PICAN from e-Leno RHS to e-Leno LHS (QSC version) ..............................................341
• #564D: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to QSC connector (48P.) ......................................................342
• #564E: PICAN from QSC connector (48P.) to CAN dobby .......................................................342
• #566: Power supply for the MCB print inside the control box....................................................343
• #567: Power supply for the MCB print inside the control box....................................................343
• #570: ESAC and POWER ON signal on the control box...........................................................344
• #571: Emergency stop and POWER ON push button...............................................................344
• #572: Emergency stop for jacquard...........................................................................................344
• #573: Power supply (12VDC, 48VAC) for the EPDAF print in the control box ..........................345
• #575: PICAN communication RHS............................................................................................345
• #576: PICAN communication Medium Speed for the EPDAF print ...........................................346
• #577: Pulse train and eventline for the EPDAF print .................................................................346

12 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #579: Thermal cutter module communication ...........................................................................346


• #583: Connection between the EPDAF and the DDMP in the control box................................347
• #585: 290V and 26V power supplies for (PICAN) prewinders ..................................................347
• #586: 290V power supply for the TRIAX print inside the control box ........................................347
• #587: 5V, 12V and 26V power supply for the TRIAX print inside the control box .....................348
• #597: 290V power supply for the EPDAF print inside the control box.......................................348
• #601: RHS airtucker valves.......................................................................................................349
• #602: Center air tucker valves 1................................................................................................349
• #603: Center air tucker valves 2................................................................................................350
• #604: Center air tucker valves 3................................................................................................350
• #605A: Emergency stop and warning light................................................................................351
• #608: IPS Detection ..................................................................................................................351
• #609: Power supply (5V, 12V and 26V) for the AIB print in the control box..............................352
• #610: Power supply (26V, 41V) for the AIB print in the control box ..........................................352
• #611: Power supply for the BPO print inside the control box ....................................................353
• #613: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-X print inside the control box.................................353
• #614: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-Y print inside the control box.................................354
• #615: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-Z print inside the control box .................................354
• #619 #620 #621: Let-off ELO1 ..................................................................................................355
• #622 #623 #624: Let-off ELOFA in case of NQSC....................................................................357
• #627: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-X print inside the control box..................................358
• #628: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Y print inside the control box..................................359
• #629: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Z print inside the control box..................................360
• #630: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-X print inside the control box ..................................361

EN 13 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #631: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-Y print inside the control box ..................................362
• #633: Power supply (26VDC) for the EB print inside the control box ........................................363
• #640: Valve for the suction nozzle.............................................................................................363
• #641: Waste cutter RHS............................................................................................................364
• #642: Valve for clamp on RHS tucking-in..................................................................................364
• #643: Warp stop motion detection RHS (NQSC) ......................................................................364
• #644: Warp stop motion detection LHS (NQSC) .......................................................................365
• #645: Waste yarns detection RHS (NQSC)...............................................................................365
• #646: Waste yarns detection LHS (NQSC) ...............................................................................365
• #647: Safety switch fancy beam (NQSC) ..................................................................................365
• #648: Back rest, motor warp stop motion without drop wires (NQSC) ......................................366
• #649: Loadcell 1 (TSF) (NQSC) ................................................................................................366
• #652: IRO prewinder cable with PICAN communication ...........................................................366
• #653A: ESLHS ..........................................................................................................................367
• #654: Connection between the EPDAF and the MCB print in the control box ..........................367
• #664: PICAN from the filling detector box (FDCB) to the CAN dobby.......................................368
• #665: CAN communication between the MCB and the TRIAX in the control box .....................368
• #672: LDEC---> SUMO .............................................................................................................369
• #677: Integrated air flow meter..................................................................................................369
• #691: Detection thermal lubrication ...........................................................................................370
• #692: Detection Lubrication Filter..............................................................................................370
• #694: Valve pick finding.............................................................................................................370
• #695: Valve clamp tucking in LHS.............................................................................................370
• #696A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 1&2 (VLRA 1&2C)...................................................371

14 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #696B: Valve low reverse airflow channel 1&2 (VLRA 1&2C) ..................................................371
• #697A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 3&4 (VLRA 3&4C) ..................................................371
• #698A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 5&6 (VLRA 5&6C) ..................................................372
• #699A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 7&8 (VLRA 7&8C) ..................................................372
• #697B, #698B, #699B: Valve low reverse airflow channel 3-8 (VLRA 3-8C) ............................373
• #706: Detetor Warp Tension (DTWT1) .....................................................................................374
• #707: Detetor Warp Tension (DTWT2) .....................................................................................374
• #710: Let-off motion and pull through push-buttons on control box ..........................................374
• #711: Push-buttons fancy beam (PBFA)...................................................................................375
• #714: Cordless valve clamp (CRDL V_CLMP)..........................................................................375
• #717: PICAN LHS .....................................................................................................................375
• #718: PICAN Prewinder ............................................................................................................376
• #730: CJB to jacquarette...........................................................................................................376

Print connections ...................................................................................................................... 377


• AIB print.....................................................................................................................................378
• ATB_X print ...............................................................................................................................385
• ATB_Y print ...............................................................................................................................388
• BPO print...................................................................................................................................391
• CEB_X print...............................................................................................................................392
• CEB_Y-print ..............................................................................................................................397
• CEB_Z-print...............................................................................................................................402
• DDMP print................................................................................................................................406
• EB-print .....................................................................................................................................408
• EPDAF/A print ...........................................................................................................................411

EN 15 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• FDCB-CN-module .....................................................................................................................422
• IPS module ................................................................................................................................423
• LDEC .........................................................................................................................................425
• MCB print...................................................................................................................................428
• MIDB/A print ..............................................................................................................................443
• PB print......................................................................................................................................444
• TRIAX print ................................................................................................................................445
• WEB_X-print..............................................................................................................................451
• WEB_Y-print..............................................................................................................................454
• WEB_Z-print ..............................................................................................................................457

16 / 458 EN
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices


Contents This section contains the following subjects:
• Pictographs used........................................................................................................................ 18
• Abbreviations.............................................................................................................................. 19
• Safety Devices ........................................................................................................................... 20

EN100710N Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices > 17 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Pictographs used

Pictograph Name Description


Note Provides additional information concerning important topics in
the text.
Warning Disregarding this warning may result in the loss of electronic
data or in mechanical damage.
Danger Disregarding this warning may lead to material damage but
also and in particular to physical injury to persons.
CE version Only applies to the CE version.

Liability Provides information about the legal liability.

18 / 458 Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices > Pictographs used EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Abbreviations
Introduction Here the abbreviations for the colors of cable wires are discussed.
Other abbreviations are explained in the ’Abbreviations’ section in the Picanol manual.
Single-colored wires The following table gives an overview of the abbreviations
Abbreviation In full Description
BK BlacK black
BL BLue blue
BR BRown brown
GR GReen green
GY GreY grey
OR ORange orange
PK PinK pink
RD ReD red
VT VioleT violet
WH WHite white
YW YelloW yellow
Earth wire The following table gives an overview of the abbreviations.
Abbreviation In full Description
YWGR YelloWGReen yellow/green earth wire
Two-colored wires The following table contains some examples.
(except YWGR) Abbreviation In full Description
GY/PK GreY/PinK grey wire with pink rings
WH/RD WHite/ReD white wire with red rings

EN100710N Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices > Abbreviations 19 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Safety Devices
Emergency stop
The control box remains live when the emergency stop button is pressed.

• This is a red button on a yellow background.


• If one emergency stop is not unlocked, the control buttons will not work.
=> unlock = 1/8 turn clockwise.
Safety light grid
The safety light grid does NOT function when the machine is operating at FULL speed.

• Is located over the pressure roll.


• The safety light grid prevents movement of the sley during start-up, slow motion and pick finding.
The machine motion can be started again following the normal procedure.
Safety light beam
- The safety light beam does NOT function when the machine is operating at FULL
speed.
- Is available only with non-CE machines.

• Is mounted before the reed.


• The safety light beam prevents movement of the sley and the reed during start-up, slow motion
and pick finding. The machine motion can be started again following the normal procedure.

20 / 458 Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices > Safety Devices EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

STAND-BY • Must be locked in this position for all repair activities and lubrication work.
• Position for setting the machine.
• All machine movements are blocked, but the electronic components will remain live.
POWER ON • Power circuits are turned on.
• All motors, except for the prewinder motor, remain switched off.
• The main motor will only start after:
- The start button has been pressed.
- Any automatic movement and also machine start-up is indicated by clear flashing warning
lights.
- In case of emergency, all machine actions can be interrupted by means of an emergency stop.
Warning lights If the warning lamps are flashing, do not touch the weaving machine.
Main switch • Is located on the control box => high-voltage section door.
• Must be padlocked in the -0- position when major work is performed.

EN100710N Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices > Safety Devices 21 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Work to be performed • The control boxes may only be opened and connected by qualified and authorized members of
staff. This means that they must have a basic knowledge of the fundamental rules of electricity
and the relevant legislation, and that they must have experience with electric wiring, electric
components and with the symbols on electric diagrams.
• If, for work to be performed, it is required that the earth connections are disconnected, then these
must be reconnected in the original way before the control system is switched on again.
• When a control box is open, EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) is not guaranteed.
• While work is going on with a control box open and the main switch on, no appliances producing
strong electromagnetic fields – such as mobile phones or walkie-talkies – may be brought near
the control box.
• The transparent plastic covers may never be removed before switching off the power first.
Earth connection • The weaving mill must have an effective earth connection. This must have been checked and
verified by the services responsible.
• After the control box and the prewinder standard have been placed, the earth wire must first be
connected to the machine. For more information on the earthing, see the "Installation" section.
• The machine must be connected to the mains earth connection in the prescribed manner.
• The earth connections interconnecting machine components may not be interrupted. If during
work on the machine they are disconnected, they must be reconnected in the original way before
the control system is switched on again.
Stepping motors • The machine is equipped with several stepping motors: at the filling cutters, the waste cutters,
the selvedge motions…
• These motors may never be opened, as some loss of torque may result from opening and
reclosing them.
• In the event of a fault or failure, these motors should be sent to Picanol.

22 / 458 Pictographs, abbreviations and safety devices > Safety Devices EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General
Contents This section contains the following subjects:

Connection conditions .................................................................................................................. 27

• Power supply cable specifications.............................................................................................. 28


• Supply cable protections ............................................................................................................ 33

Control system and machine drive .............................................................................................. 35

• Principle...................................................................................................................................... 36
• Security ...................................................................................................................................... 37
• Power supply - motor switches................................................................................................... 38
• Control system of the main motor control box............................................................................ 39
• Main motor ................................................................................................................................. 40
• Brake .......................................................................................................................................... 42
• Cooling system........................................................................................................................... 43
• Pickfinding .................................................................................................................................. 44
• Weaving (driving the machine)................................................................................................... 45
• Let-off ......................................................................................................................................... 46
• Take-up motion .......................................................................................................................... 51

Overview of the weaving machine ............................................................................................... 53

• Overview of weaving machine 1................................................................................................. 54


• Overview of weaving machine 2................................................................................................. 55
• Overview of weaving machine 3................................................................................................. 56

EN101010N General > 23 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Main control box (CB) > Parts on the outside of the main control box .................................... 57

• Overview of the outside of the main control box......................................................................... 58


• Side 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 59
• Side 2 ......................................................................................................................................... 60
• Side 3 ......................................................................................................................................... 61
• Side 4 ......................................................................................................................................... 62

Main control box (CB) > High-voltage section ............................................................................ 63

• General....................................................................................................................................... 64
• Components ............................................................................................................................... 65
• High voltage plate....................................................................................................................... 66
• High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches ....................................................... 76
• High voltage plate > INRUSH print............................................................................................. 78
• Board Rack................................................................................................................................. 80
• Board Rack > BPO print ............................................................................................................. 81
• Board Rack > EB print................................................................................................................ 82
• Board Rack > ATB print.............................................................................................................. 84
• Board Rack > CEB print ............................................................................................................. 88
• IPS module ................................................................................................................................. 91
• EPDAF/A print ............................................................................................................................ 94
• TRIAX print ................................................................................................................................. 99
• LDEC ........................................................................................................................................ 106
• LDEC > OBMM110 print........................................................................................................... 123
• LDEC > RBMM110 print........................................................................................................... 132

24 / 458 General > EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• LDEC > CBMM110 print........................................................................................................... 141


• LDEC > EBMM1020 print ......................................................................................................... 145
• QM: main switch....................................................................................................................... 149
• FL: mains filter (only with CE machines) .................................................................................. 150
• LR: coil ..................................................................................................................................... 151

Main control box (CB) > Low-voltage section ........................................................................... 152

• General..................................................................................................................................... 153
• Components ............................................................................................................................. 154
• MCB print ................................................................................................................................. 155
• DDMP print............................................................................................................................... 165
• MIDB/A print ............................................................................................................................. 168
• AIB print.................................................................................................................................... 169
• WEB print ................................................................................................................................. 173

PICAN bus .................................................................................................................................... 175

• Function and description .......................................................................................................... 176


• Concept .................................................................................................................................... 177
• Signals and cable ..................................................................................................................... 181
• EPDAF print ............................................................................................................................. 182
• CAN and PICAN devices.......................................................................................................... 183
• PICAN devices > Prewinders ................................................................................................... 184
• PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module ........................................................................................ 186
• PICAN devices > Thermal cutter (eCCTH) .............................................................................. 189

EN101010N General > 25 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• PICAN devices > e-Leno .......................................................................................................... 190

Properties of the electrical components located outside the control boxes ......................... 191

• Display characteristics.............................................................................................................. 192


• Properties of proximity switches and other detection elements................................................ 193
• Properties of the stepping motors............................................................................................. 196
• Properties of the servo motors ................................................................................................. 197
• Properties of the brakes (holding brake and parking brake)..................................................... 198
• Properties of the resolver ......................................................................................................... 199

26 / 458 General > EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connection conditions

Contents • Power supply cable specifications [28]


• Supply cable protections [33]

EN101010N General > 27 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply cable specifications


Contents • Load demands [28]
• Rated power [28]
• General conditions [29]
• Electrical requirements of the weaving room [30]
• Cable section [30]
Load demands Power consumption is the energy consumption during normal machine operation.
The power consumption depends on:
• the machine configuration,
• the machine speed;
• the type of fabric and the machine settings.
The required load must be calculated for each machine separately.

Rated power The rated power depends on external factors during a cold start or in specific working environments.
• The mains must always be able to supply enough power in similar extreme situations.
• The rated power is also taken into account when calculating the mains cable conductor size.

28 / 458 General > Power supply cable specifications EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General conditions • Stability of the power supply


- Supply voltage fluctuations must be between -10% and +10% of the nominal operating voltage
(EN50160).
- e.g.: at Unom = 460V, the supply voltage must never drop below 414V or be higher than 506V.

• Power consumption at cold start


At a cold start (e.g. after a weekend stop) power consumption is twice as high as compared to
the consumption at typical operating temperature conditions. It takes about 3 hours for the power
consumption to drop to normal.
The electrical wiring and the transformer (if present) must be able to support this high
power consumption at a cold start.

EN101010N General > Power supply cable specifications 29 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• Conditions at machine start-up


At machine start-up, the power consumption is approximately 80KVA (for 0,2sec).
During this short time lap, the voltage at the machine should not drop below 85% of the nominal
operating voltage.
Electrical requirements The weaving machines need a nominal voltage between 380V and 460V.
of the weaving room If the weaving room does not dispose of a power supply between these values, a transformer must
be used.
Cable section The tables below show the minimum value of the cable section for a specific supply voltage and the
maximum cable length from the power source to the machine. These tables take the above
mentioned requirements into account.

These tables apply if:


• every machine has a separate supply cable to the power source.
• The supply voltage equals the nominal level.
If the supply voltage drops below the nominal voltage, the cross section of the connection
cable must be increased to compensate for that loss in voltage.
For the calculation of the cable cross section, the following resistances are taken into account
(cupper wires):
Cable section in mm² Resistance per meter in 
50 0,000387
35 0,000524
25 0,000727
16 0,00115
10 0,00183
6 0,00308
4 0,00461

30 / 458 General > Power supply cable specifications EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• The table below is used for stable supply voltages (which meet the European standard
EN50160), or corresponding standard that apply to your country.
cable section Supply voltage (V)
(mm²) 200 220 260 280 346 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 550 575 600
10 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

power source - machine


20 10 10 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Cable length 30 16 16 10 10 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
40 25 16 16 10 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
(meter)
50 25 25 16 16 10 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4
60 35 25 16 16 10 10 10 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4
70 35 25 25 16 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6 4 4 4
80 35 35 25 25 16 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6 6 4
90 50 35 25 25 16 16 10 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6
100 50 50 25 25 16 16 16 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6
• The table below is used for power voltages where voltage fluctuations may be expected (the
fluctuations may not exceed 10%).
cable section Supply voltage (V)
(mm²) 200 220 260 280 346 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 550 575 600
10 10 10 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
power source - machine

20 25 25 16 16 10 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4
30 35 25 25 16 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6 4 4 4
Cable length

40 50 35 25 25 16 16 10 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6
(meter)

50 70 50 35 35 25 16 16 16 16 10 10 10 10 10 6
60 70 70 50 35 25 25 16 16 16 16 16 10 10 10 10
70 95 70 50 50 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16 10 10 10
80 95 70 50 50 35 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16 10 10
90 95 95 70 50 35 25 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16 10
100 120 95 70 70 35 35 25 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16

EN101010N General > Power supply cable specifications 31 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

When using one cable to connect the main distribution point with multiple machines and
another distribution point is available close to the machines,
• the copper of the cables can be used in a more efficient way as the cable is rated with a
higher voltage. As a result, the difference between nominal power and peak power at
start-up of one of those machines becomes smaller.
• In most cases, there is no influence on the nominal voltage during start-up of a machine.
The nominal voltage can drop 15% during startup.

32 / 458 General > Power supply cable specifications EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Supply cable protections


Contents • Overload protection [33]
• Icu value of the control box [33]
• Leak current protection [34]
Overload protection The overload protection upstream the power cable of the weaving machine protects:
• the power supply cable,
• the main switch in the control box.

The thermal protection can be done with fuses of the type aM (according to the standard IEC
60269-1).

The table below shows the fuses to use:


Supply voltage Value of the type aM fuse
200V to 346V 40
380V to 480V 25
500V to 600V 25
Icu value of the control The maximum allowed short circuit current (Icu) supplied to the main switch, is limited, according to
box the standard IEC 60947-2. The power distribution must be able to cope with that.

The maximum allowed short circuit current (Icu) can be found in the table below.
Supply voltage Icu (A)
200V to 346V 10.000
380V to 480V 15.000
500V to 600V 4.000

EN101010N General > Supply cable protections 33 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Leak current The machine control has no leak current protection.


protection If the local laws demand a leak current protection, it must be provided in the power distribution of the
weaving mill.

The leak current protection should have the following properties:


• time delayed leak current protection
• should not be lower than 300mA.
• one leak current protection per machine.

34 / 458 General > Supply cable protections EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Control system and machine drive

Contents • Principle [36]


• Security [37]
• Power supply - motor switches [38]
• Control system of the main motor control box [39]
• Main motor [40]
• Brake [42]
• Cooling system [43]
• Pickfinding [44]
• Weaving (driving the machine) [45]
• Let-off [46]
• Take-up motion [51]

EN101010N General > Supply cable protections 35 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Principle

3 Ph AC

KMM R-INRUSH

LDEC

CB

PBR/BR
PX-REF

V-PF
RS
A

MCB D MM B

DDMP
C

DD
DIG

36 / 458 General > Principle EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Security
The safety system combines software and hardware protection.

The hardware protection consists of:


• the second contact (PB-*-2) (where * = SMF, SMR, PFF or PFR) of the buttons controlling
machine movements. See: Control buttons > Protection logic (second contact) [256].
• the activation of the STAND-BY position
• the safety light grid (or safety light barrier (only with non-CE)).
• the relay control unit on the MCB print.
• the emergency stops.

The safety systems on the MCB print and the DDMP print are part of the total machine safety
system.

EN101010N General > Security 37 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply - motor switches

1 3 5
KSFTY
2 4 6

1 3 5

R-INRUSH

KMM
2 4 6

R S T
MM
LDEC

motor switch Function


K-SFTY Deactivates the 3-phase mains voltage if:
• the machine is set to STAND-BY position, or
• if a fatal error is detected on the machine.
K-MM Switches 2 contacts (1-2 and 5-6), while 1 contact (3-4) is connected through.
• The INRUSH print is located across 1 contact (1-2). This print makes sure the
ELCOs' starting current on the PB-print is restricted and that the ELCOs
remain charged in case of an open K-MM.
• The motor switch only switches if a machine movement is requested. The
machine cannot perform any movement if the K-MM is switched off.

38 / 458 General > Power supply - motor switches EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Control system of the main motor control box


• The control system is located on the DDMP print. The DDMP print is plugged in on the MCB
print.
• The LDEC print is controlled and monitored via an optical connection.
• The control modules on the PB print can be de-energized by means of the DDPB signal.

EN101010N General > Control system of the main motor control box 39 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Main motor
Stator coils • Contains 8 stator coils (4 double coils).
• 2 by 2 coils in opposite positions are placed in parallel.
• R = 0.22  (per double stator coil in cold condition).
Rotor shaft The rotor shaft can move both radially and axially.
Radially
The radial movement is controlled by the 4 double stator coils.
A

D MM B

C
...radial movement Function The stator coils are controlled in such a
way that...
first machine drive the rotor rotates.
second brake movement they have a braking effect on the rotor and
stop the machine.

40 / 458 General > Main motor EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Axial
The axial movement is produced by valve V-PF and a pneumatic piston (inputs PF-IN and PF-OUT).

PF-OUT

PX-WP
PX-PFP

PF-IN 93)

3)287 3),1

V-PF The rotor shaft... The gear wheel on the rotor Controlled by...
shaft...
energized V-PF shifts 32 millimeters is disengaged from the sley drive PX-PFP
to the right gear
non-energized is not extended is engaged in the sley drive gear PX-WP
V-PF

EN101010N General > Main motor 41 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Brake
Machine running The running machine is braked by controlling the main motor stator coils in a way resulting in a
braking effect on the rotor shaft.
Machine stopped When the machine is stopped, it is held motionless by a brake.
Brake Shed system When the brake is actuated, the On power OFF, the
machine is... machine...
holding brake outside cam motion or held released
dobby on non-CE
machines
parking brake - outside cam motion or released held
dobby on CE machines
- jacquard

42 / 458 General > Brake EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Cooling system
Oil One circulating lubrication system oil circuit cools:
• the heatsink;
• the stator of the motor.
Heatsink The following components are fitted against the heatsink:
• the power control system control modules composed of 2 OBMM prints;
• the RBMM print (3-phase rectifier);
• the dump resistor.

See Composition of the LDEC [109].

EN101010N General > Cooling system 43 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Pickfinding

Weaving
(driving the machine)
-->
pickfinding 93)

3)287

Valve V-PF is switched on Peg

PF--OUT
Engaged

Air is directed to PF-OUT


Sley gear

Disengaged
- Piston moves to the right

- The sley gear is disconnected from the main


motor gear
Main motor gear
- The peg serving to hold the sley gear is
engaged

44 / 458 General > Pickfinding EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Weaving (driving the machine)

Pickfinding
-->
weaving (driving the machine)
93)

3),1

Valve V-PF is switched off


Peg

Disengaged
air is directed to PF-IN

PF--IN
Sley gear

- Piston moves to the left Engaged

- The sley gear engages the main motor gear

- The peg holding the sley gear is disengaged Main motor gear

EN101010N General > Weaving (driving the machine) 45 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Let-off
General 2 versions:
• without speed change gear box;
• with speed change gear box.
A speed change gear box offers more pick density and let-off speed options to ensure an
optimal working of the let-off.
The electrical connection is the same for both versions. The version is determined in the
.

MID settings.

Without speed change


gear box

BR RS M

With speed change


gear box
BR RS M

Speed change gear box

46 / 458 General > Let-off EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

The let-off motor(s) Principle of the motor drive


M-ELO-* &%
(* = 1, 2 and FA)
(3'$) $ %
* = 1, 2 or FA
9'&

' &

0&%
'7:7 56

',*

%5(/2

'77+0(/2
75,$; 0(/2

• The stator coils are controlled by means of a chopper voltage from the TRIAX print control modules.
• The power supply to the TRIAX print for power stages is the 290V DC.
• The current in the different motor phases is monitored by means of current sensors. If 1 measurement is
incorrect, the control modules for the motor concerned are switched off by means of the Drive Disable signal.
Maximally 2 let-off motors can be present, depending on the machine configuration.
These are:
• ELO1
• ELO2, or ELO-FA

EN101010N General > Let-off 47 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

The motor (A, B, C and D)


The motor contains 4 double stator coils.
=> R = 2.3  (per double stator coil)

The resolver (RS)


A resolver is mounted on the rotor shaft. The signals of the resolver are used to continuously
calculate the motor speed.
This data is used to control the motor.

The brake (BR)


• The motor brake is of the normally closed type:
- The brake must be powered to open.
- The brake keeps the warp barrier in place while power is OFF or in extended downtime
situations.
• Power supply = 26V DC choppered
• R = ±26 

Temperature control (DTTH)


A normally closed bimetal is provided as thermal protection. This opens when the temperature rises
above 100°C.

48 / 458 General > Let-off EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Warp tension The warp tension sensors


protection 2 types:
• TSF
• TSW
Machine type TSF TSW
single beam standard 1 sensor optional 1 sensor
double beam not possible 2 sensors
fancy let-off on the machine 2 sensors not possible

TSF sensor TSW sensor

• The warp tension sensor converts the warp tension to an analogue DC current (4-20 mA).
• The warp tension sensors must be calibrated before accurate measurements are possible.
• Power supply for the warp tension sensors = +26V DCS

Warp tension limit values


• Warp tension and warp tension limit values are set using the machine terminal.
• If the warp tension limit values are exceeded, the machine stops.

EN101010N General > Let-off 49 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Monitoring the sensors


The DT-WT-CAL signal is used to detect the connection of the warp tension sensor.
Machine action with warp tensioning action

DT-WT-CAL: short "High" signal:


0 --> 26V DC

Yes Output current No


increased by 8mA?

Warp ends are A message is displayed:


tensioned "CHECK TSF" or
"CHECK TSW"

50 / 458 General > Let-off EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Take-up motion
General The TRIAX print microprocessor controls the ETU motor on the basis of:
• the set pick density;
• the machine speed.

BR RS M

The ETU motor drives the sand roller through a gear train.
The M-ETU take-up Principle of the motor drive
motor &%

(3'$) $ %

9'&

' &

0&%
56

',*

%5(/2

'77+0(78
75,$; 0(78

• The stator coils are controlled by means of a chopper voltage from the TRIAX print control
modules.
• The power supply to the TRIAX print for power stages is the 290V DC.
• The current in the different motor phases is monitored by means of current sensors. If
1 measurement is incorrect, the control modules for the motor concerned are switched off by
means of the Drive Disable signal.

EN101010N General > Take-up motion 51 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

The motor (A, B, C and D)


The motor contains 4 double stator coils.
=> R = 2.3  (per double stator coil)

The resolver (RS)


A resolver is mounted on the rotor shaft. The resolver signals are used to:
• continuously calculate the motor speed;
• determine the motor’s angle position.

This data is used to control the motor.

The brake (BR)


• The motor brake is of the normally closed type.
- The brake must be powered to open.
- The brake keeps the cloth roll in place while power is OFF or in extended downtime situations.
• Power supply = 26V DC choppered.
• R = ±26 

Temperature control (DTTH)


A normally closed bimetal is provided as thermal protection. This opens when the temperature rises
above 100°C.

52 / 458 General > Take-up motion EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Overview of the weaving machine

Contents • Overview of weaving machine 1 [54]


• Overview of weaving machine 2 [55]
• Overview of weaving machine 3 [56]

EN101010N General > Take-up motion 53 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Overview of weaving machine 1

Bobbin Creel PB-*: push buttons WL-RHS: warning light


(* = STRT, STP, PFF, PFR, SMF and SMR)

Safety light grid (receiver)

WL-LHS: warning light


ES-RRHS:
emergency
stop

Safety light grid (transmitter)

PRW: prewinders ES-LHS: emergency stop

Machine terminal

54 / 458 General > Overview of weaving machine 1 EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Overview of weaving machine 2

warp stop motion


ETU motor

TSF sensor

ES-RRHS:
emergency stop

ELO motor

FDCB-CN module

EN101010N General > Overview of weaving machine 2 55 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Overview of weaving machine 3

SL: signal light

Main motor

CB: main control box

56 / 458 General > Overview of weaving machine 3 EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Main control box (CB) > Parts on the outside of the main control box

Contents • Overview of the outside of the main control box [58]


• Side 1 [59]
• Side 2 [60]
• Side 3 [61]
• Side 4 [62]

EN101010N General > Overview of weaving machine 3 57 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Overview of the outside of the main control box

Signal light

Side 1 [59] Side 2 [60] Side 3 [61] Side 4 [62]

58 / 458 General > Overview of the outside of the main control box EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Side 1
Overview See Overview of the outside of the main control box [58].
Side 1

To open the door of the low voltage


section

EN101010N General > Side 1 59 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Side 2
Overview See Overview of the outside of the main control box [58].
Side 2

A F

C G

A. Winding up the fancy beam (if applicable). E. Pulling through


B. Unwinding of the fancy beam (if applicable). F. Emercency Stop Control Box
C. Winding up the ground beam (single or G. Power On button
double).
D. Unwinding of the ground beam (single or
.

double).

60 / 458 General > Side 2 EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Side 3
Overview See Overview of the outside of the main control box [58].
Side 3

To open the door of the


high-voltage section

QM: main switch [149]

EN101010N General > Side 3 61 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Side 4
Overview See Overview of the outside of the main control box [58].
Side 4
Diagnostic plug (PDGN)
Cable bundles

Connection for weaving mill


voltage (3~)

62 / 458 General > Side 4 EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Main control box (CB) > High-voltage section

Opening the door to See Side 3 [61].


the high-voltage
section
Contents • General [64]
• Components [65]
• High voltage plate [66]
• High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches [76]
• High voltage plate > INRUSH print [78]
• Board Rack [80]
• Board Rack > BPO print [81]
• Board Rack > EB print [82]
• Board Rack > ATB print [84]
• Board Rack > CEB print [88]
• IPS module [91]
• EPDAF/A print [94]
• TRIAX print [99]
• QM: main switch [149]
• FL: mains filter (only with CE machines) [150]
• LR: coil [151]

EN101010N General > Side 4 63 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General
Electrostatic The printed circuit boards contain integrated circuits that are sensitive to electrostatic discharges:
discharges • Put the printed circuit boards away in special boxes.
• Do not place the printed circuit boards on a metal surface, to avoid short-circuiting the batteries
on the board.
• Do not touch the printed circuit boards unnecessarily and handle them with care to avoid
permanent damage to the circuits.

64 / 458 General > General EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Components
.

High voltage plate [66]

Board Rack [80]

QM: main switch [149]

FL: mains filter (only with CE


machines) [150]

TRIAX print [99]


IPS module [91]

EPDAF/A print [94]


LR: coil [151]

EN101010N General > Components 65 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate


Contents The following items are on the high voltage plate:
• High voltage plate > Standard components [67]
• High voltage plate > Power distribution parts [68]
• High voltage plate > Main motor parts [69]
• High voltage plate > Outside cam leveling components [70]
• High voltage plate >Parts for the batching motion [71]
• High voltage plate > Parts for the warp stop motion without drop wires [72]
• High voltage plate > Hot wire cutter parts [73]
• High voltage plate > Jacquarette parts [74]
• High voltage plate > Light barrier parts [75]
• High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches [76]
• High voltage plate > INRUSH print [78]

The available items on the high voltage plate depend on the machine execution.

66 / 458 General > High voltage plate EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Standard components

Illustration Component Description


XK K-MM motor switch main motor
K-SFTY machine protection
K-SFTY INRUSH High voltage plate > INRUSH print [78]
X1 earth terminal main motor
INRUSH
K-MM
XK terminals batching motion
(1, 4, 5 and 6)

X1

EN101010N General > High voltage plate > Standard components 67 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Power distribution parts

Illustration Component Description


L11 L11/L12/L13 terminals
L12
L13
PE

68 / 458 General > High voltage plate > Power distribution parts EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Main motor parts

Illustration Component Description


Q-M-ASP (1) safety switch
Q-M-ASP
K-M-ASP motor switch
Z-M-ASP filter
X3 earth terminal

X03

K-M-ASP

Z-M-ASP

(1): see High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches [76].

EN101010N General > High voltage plate > Main motor parts 69 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Outside cam leveling components

Illustration Component Description


Q-M-LVL (1) safety switch
K-M-LVL-ON motor switch (status ON)
Q-M-LVL K-M-LVL-OFF motor switch (status OFF)
Z-M-LVL filter
X02
X2 earth terminal

K-M-LVLOFF

Z-M-LVLON

Z-M-LVL

(1): see High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches [76].

70 / 458 General > High voltage plate > Outside cam leveling components EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate >Parts for the batching motion

Illustration Component Description


F-OUT-1/2/3 (1) fuses
X04 X4 earth terminal

F-OUT-3
F-OUT-2
F-OUT-1

(1): see High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches [76].

EN101010N General > High voltage plate >Parts for the batching motion 71 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Parts for the warp stop motion without drop wires

Illustration Component Description


Q-WDDL (1) safety switch
F-T-WDDL K-WDDL motor switch
T-WDDL transformer
F-T-WDDL (1) safety fuse

K-WDDL

Q-WDDL

T-WDDL

(1):
see High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches [76].

72 / 458 General > High voltage plate > Parts for the warp stop motion without drop wires EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Hot wire cutter parts

Illustration Component Description


E-CTTH hot wire cutter module

ECTTH

EN101010N General > High voltage plate > Hot wire cutter parts 73 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Jacquarette parts

Illustration Component Description


L21/L22/L23 terminals
X6 earth terminal
L21
L22
L23
X06

74 / 458 General > High voltage plate > Jacquarette parts EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Light barrier parts

Illustration Component Description


HS Sensopart light barrier amplifier (non-CE only)

HS

EN101010N General > High voltage plate > Light barrier parts 75 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches
Fuses
Fuse Value Order Number
F-OUT-1/2/3 0.16 AF N1020062
F-CTTH-1/2 1 Agl N1020078
F-T-WDDL 0.16 AF N1020062
Safety switches power
supply settings Safety switch Mains voltage Current at 50 Hz Current at 60 Hz
Q-M-ASP 380 V 1,4 A 1,5 A
400 V
415 V 1,3 A
440 V
460 V
Q-M-WDLL 380 V 0,4 A 0,4 A
400 V
415 V
440 V
460 V
Q-M-LVL 380 V 4A 4A
400 V 4,5 A 4,5 A
415 V 2A
440 V 2,2 A
460 V 2,4 A 2.5 A

76 / 458 General > High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Order numbers for


safety switches Current safety switch Order Number
0,25 – 0,4 A N1022845
0,63 – 1 A N1022846
1 – 1,6 A N1022847
1,6 – 2,5 A N1022848
2,5 – 4 A N1022849
4 – 6.3 A N1022850

EN101010N General > High voltage plate > Ratings for fuses and safety switches 77 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

High voltage plate > INRUSH print


Version INRUSH-3: BE232433
General This print contains three power resistors.
Function This print is for the loading of the ELCOs in the main motor control box.
This limits the inrush current at machine start-up.
Signals There are no LEDs on the print.
Fusing
Illustration Fuse Order Number Value
F1 N1020122 6,3 AT

F1

78 / 458 General > High voltage plate > INRUSH print EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connections
KMM-1
KMM-2

EN101010N General > High voltage plate > INRUSH print 79 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Board Rack

EB CEB_X
ATB_Y CEB_Y
ATB_X CEB_Z
BPO
• Board Rack > BPO print [81]
• Board Rack > EB print [82]
• Board Rack > ATB print [84]
• Board Rack > CEB print [88]

80 / 458 General > Board Rack EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Board Rack > BPO print


Version BPO-1: BE300984
Function This print distributes the following to the printed circuit boards plugged in on the BPO print (CEB,
ATB and EB print):
• bus signals originating from the MCB print;
• power supplied from the EPDAF print.
Signals There are no LEDs on the print.
Fusing There are no fuses on the print.
Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
BPO-01 not used
BPO-10 BPO-09
BPO-02 directly plugged in to EB-02
BPO-03 not used
BPO-04 directly plugged in to ATB_Y-02
BPO-05 directly plugged in to ATB_X-02
BPO-06 directly plugged in to CEB_Z-02
BPO-07 directly plugged in to CEB_Y-02
BPO-01 BPO-03 BPO-05 BPO-07 BPO-08 directly plugged in to CEB_X-02
BPO-02 BPO-04 BPO-06 BPO-
BPO-09 power supply coming from the EPDAF print
BPO-10 directly plugged in to MIDB/A-02

EN101010N General > Board Rack > BPO print 81 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Board Rack > EB print


Version EB => CEB-2: BE308448
A CEB print is being used as EB print. It’s location in the Board Rack and 2 jumpers ensure
that this print acts as an EB print.
.

Signals There are no LEDs on the print.


Fusing
Illustration Fuse Value Comment
F5 F1 6,3 AF not used
F4 F2 1,5 AF - not used
F3
F2 F3 - soldered onto the print
F4
F5

F1

82 / 458 General > Board Rack > EB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
EB-05 EB-01 - power
- identification
- valve for the cutter clamp
EB-02 EB-03 EB-02 directly plugged in to BPO-02
EB-03 connection to the main nozzle clamp
EB-04 not used
EB-05 for Picanol service
EB-01 EB-04

EN101010N General > Board Rack > EB print 83 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Board Rack > ATB print


Version ATB-2: BE308449
The ATV-X print and the ATB-Y print are identical prints. Their location in the Board Rack and
the jumpers identify the print.
.

General This print controls the airtuckers.

One airtucker comprises:


• a cutter;
• the V-HOLD valve;
• the V-IN valve.

Airtuckers control:
The... -print controls ...
ATB_X • ATI-LHS (left-hand side airtucker)
• ATI-MID1 (first center airtucker)
• ATI-RHS (right-hand side airtucker)
ATB_Y • ATI-MID2 (second center airtucker)
• ATI-MID3 (third center airtucker)

ATI-LHS
The left-hand side air tucker is not equipped with a cutter as the filling cutter is used.

84 / 458 General > Board Rack > ATB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Operation of airtucker
1 The ATB print controls the cutter so the filling is cut to the correct length.

Suction mouth

2 Valve V-HOLD ensures that the end of the cut filling remains stretched.

Suction mouth
V-HOLD
3 Valve V-IN ensures that the cut filling:
- is blown into the shed;
- is woven in after the next filling.

V-IN
Suction mouth

Signals There are no LEDs on the print.

EN101010N General > Board Rack > ATB print 85 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fusing
Illustration Fuse ATB_X ATB_Y Value Comment
F1 AT-V-HOLD-RHS AT-V-HOLD-MID2 1,6 AT soldered onto
F2 spare spare the print.
F3 AT-V-IN-RHS AT-V-IN-MID2
F4 RHS and MID1 MID2 airtucker 4 AF —
airtucker cutter motor cutter motor
F5 spare spare 1,6 AT soldered onto
F4
F6 AT-V-HOLD-LHS the print.
F7 spare
F8 AT-V-IN-MID1
F11 F9 F7 F5 F3 F1 F9 AT-V-HOLD-LHS
F10 AT-V-HOLD-MID1
F13 F12 F10 F8 F6 F2 F11 AT-V-IN-LHS
F12 spare
F13

86 / 458 General > Board Rack > ATB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector ATB_X ATB_Y
ATB_*-05
ATB-01 - RHS and MID1 airtucker - MID2 airtucker cutter
cutter motor motor
- airtucker valves LHS, - airtucker valves MID2
ATB_*-02 MID1 and RHS
ATB-02 directly plugged in to directly plugged in to
BPO-05 BPO-04
ATB-03 not present on the print
ATB-04 for Picanol service
ATB-05
ATB_*-04

ATB_*-01

EN101010N General > Board Rack > ATB print 87 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Board Rack > CEB print


Version CEB-2: BE308448
The CEB-X print, the CEB-Y print and the CEB-Z print are identical. Their location in the
Board Rack and the jumpers identify the print.
.

Function
The ... print controls and monitors all insertion parts of ...
CEB-X channels 3 and 4.
CEB-Y channels 5 and 6.
CEB-Z channels 7 and 8.
.

The insertion parts per channel are:


• valve of the fixed main nozzle;
• valve of the movable main nozzle;
• Q-nominal motor for the fixed main nozzle;
• Q-nominal motor for the movable main nozzle;
• ELCA motor for the fixed main nozzle;
• ELCA motor for the movable main nozzle;
• motor of the PFT units;
• low continuous pressure valve (counterflow) (VLRA);
• bobbin transfer detection.
The CEB-X print, the CEB-Y print and the CEB-Z print are identical. Their location in the
Board Rack and the jumpers identify the print.
.

88 / 458 General > Board Rack > CEB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals There are no LEDs on the print.


Fusing
Illustration Fuse CEB_X CEB_Y CEB_Z Value Comment
F5 F1 M-*-3-4 M-*-5-6 M-*-7-8 6,3 AF —
F4
F3 V-LRA-3-4 V-LRA-5-6 V-LRA-7-8
F2
F2 V-MN-F-3 V-MN-F-5 V-MN-F-7 1.5 AF soldered onto the
F3 V-MN-F-4 V-MN-F-6 V-MN-F-8 print
F4 V-MN-M-3 V-MN-M-5 V-MN-M-7
F5 V-MN-M-4 V-MN-M-6 V-MN-M-8
F1

* = ELCA-M, ELCA-F and PFT

EN101010N General > Board Rack > CEB print 89 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
CEB_*-05 CEB_*-01 - ELCA motors
- PFT motors
- counterflow valves
CEB_*-02
- power
CEB_*-03 - identification for X, Y and Z
CEB_*-02 directly plugged in to the BPO print
CEB_*-03 main nozzle valves of the Q-nom
motors
CEB_*-04 - bobbin change detectors
- motor for threading up 4 PFT units
CEB_*-01 CEB_*-04
CEB_*-05 for Picanol service

* = X, Y or Z

90 / 458 General > Board Rack > CEB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

IPS module
Version IPS-3: BE310253
General This module is made up of two prints that form one unit.
This is an air-cooled print. The cooling system of this print can be severely disrupted by dirt
such as dust (dressing). As a consequence, to ensure the proper operation of the IPS module
it is very important that the air circulation on and around the cooling plate of the print is kept
optimal. The heatsink of the print should be blown clean regularly (with every gaiting).

Function This module:


• distributes the voltage.
[ 9DF

'&

9'&
9'&
'&

9'&

9'&
6036
9'&

'&
9$&
$&

'&
9'&
'&

• checks the input voltage (AC-OK).


If the 3 phases are... then...
OK: +12V DC an AC-OK signal is sent to the MCB print via the EPDAF print.
not OK: 0V the microprocessor on the MCB print will not start. The error
message "No communication with the machine" will appear on
the machine terminal.

EN101010N General > IPS module 91 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• checks all DC voltages (DC-OK).


If all DC voltages are ... then...
OK: +12V DC a DC-OK signal is sent to the MCB print via the EPDAF print.
Not OK: 0V one of the DC voltages is not present. If the 5V DC is not
present either, the MCB print will not start.
Signals There are no LEDs on the print.
Fusing
Illustration Fuse Circuit Order Number Value
F1 mains voltage N1020116 8 AT
F2 380 – 460V AC
F1
F2
F3
F3
F201 48V AC N1020117 3,15 AT

F201

92 / 458 General > IPS module EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
TB1 • mains voltage
L1
• 290V DC
L2 • -290VDC
L3

TB1 -290V

-290V

+290V TB201 • 48V AC


+290V
• 26V DC
• -26VDC
• 12V DC
• -12V DC
+5V • 5V DC

-5V
+12V -5VDC
COM
-12V
DCOK
• DCOK
TB201 ACOK
48VAC • ACOK
ACGD
+26V
+26V
-26V
-26V

EN101010N General > IPS module 93 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

EPDAF/A print
Version EPDAF/A-1: BE313139
Safety Before working on the print:
1 Set main switch QM to position -0-.
2 Wait for the yellow LED D32 to fade completely, because the capacitors discharge only slowly.

D32

Function This print:


• protects and distributes the voltages coming from the IPS module;
• connects monitoring and control signals through;
• connects the emergency stops;
• connects the warning lights;
• connects and secures the power supply to the PICAN bus;
• connects the PICAN signals.

94 / 458 General > EPDAF/A print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals
Every LED color has a specific meaning:
• Green LED: indication.
• Yellow LED: danger, don't touch (i.e.: at high voltages)
• Red LED: indicates a problem (e.g. a blown fuse)

LED Color The LED is lit if...


D3 green 48V AC is present.
D25 yellow +26V DC
D32 +290V DC
D17 red +26VDCPICAN is not present.
D19 +26VDCS
D21 +26VDC1
D23 +26VDC2
D3 D19 D23
F1 D25 D17 D21
F2

F3
F4
F5
F6

D32

EN101010N General > EPDAF/A print 95 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fusing
Fuse Circuit Value Order Number
F1 48V AC 300 mA at
F2 41V DC
F3 +26VDCPICAN 8 AT N1020091
F4 +26VDCS
F5 +26VDC1
F6 +26VDC2
D3 D19 D23
F1 D25 D17 D21
F2

F3
F4
F5
F6

D32

96 / 458 General > EPDAF/A print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections . 124

Connector Connections Illustration


EPDAF-01 - Power supply coming from the IPS module. EPDAF-04
- Emergency stop for jacquard. EPDAF-18
EPDAF-02 PICAN connections with MCB and devices. EPDAF-02
EPDAF-04 Power supply for AIB, MCB, BPO and CBES EPDAF-17
and POWER ON button.
EPDAF-05 Power supply (5V DC) coming from the IPS
module. EPDAF-01
EPDAF-06 RHS emergency stop and warning light.
EPDAF-07 Power supply for the main control box fan. EPDAF-08
EPDAF-08 Control signals to MCB. EPDAF-05
EPDAF-09 Not used. EPDAF-07
EPDAF-10 EPDAF-10
EPDAF-11 LHS emergency stop and warning light. EPDAF-06
EPDAF-12 - Power supply to the TRIAX print. EPDAF-S1
- Power supply to prewinders. EPDAF-11
- DD2 of the TRIAX print.
EPDAF-09
EPDAF-13 Not used.
EPDAF-14 Power supply for the AIB, WEB_X, WEB_Y EPDAF-S2
and WEB_Z print. EPDAF-14
EPDAF-15 Power supply (26VDC; 290VDC) of the IPS EPDAF-15
EPDAF-16 print.
EPDAF-17 Termination of the PT1024 signal.
EPDAF-18 Termination of the MS-CAN signal.
EPDAF-S1 Power supply for the ATB_X, ATB_Y, CEB_X,
CEB_Y, CEB_Z and EB print. EPDAF-16
EPDAF-12
EPDAF-S2 Power supply for the ATB_X, ATB_Y, CEB_X,
CEB_Y, CEB_Z and EB print. EPDAF-13

EN101010N General > EPDAF/A print 97 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN • On the EPDAF print, there is a PICAN node. This node connects the print to the different PICAN
devices.
• The EPDAF print has measuring points where the PICAN signals can be measured.
• For more information, see: PICAN bus [175].
Replacement of the
print There are 2 termination resistances on the EPDAF print, they are not used.
The 2 jumpers (EPDAF-17 and EPDAF-18) which connect them, are positioned vertically, so
the contacts are not bypassed.

PT1024 CAN

98 / 458 General > EPDAF/A print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

TRIAX print
Version TRIAX/D-2: BE303188 (only with double beam or fancy beam let-off on the machine)
Version Machine version This version controls... Can be replaced by ...
TRIAX/D-2: • single beam max. 2 servomotors: • TRIAX/D-2
BE303188 • ETU • TRIAX-2 => there are
• ELO1 (RHS). spare connectors
TRIAX-2: • single beam max. 3 servomotors: TRIAX-2
BE302460 • double beam • ETU
• fancy let-off • ELO1 (RHS)
• ELO2 (LHS) or
ELO-FA.
Safety Before working on the print:
1 Set main switch QM to position -0-.
2 Wait for the green LED D5 to fade completely, because the capacitors discharge only slowly.

TRIAX/D-2 TRIAX-2

D5
D5

TRIAX-05 TRIAX-05

EN101010N General > TRIAX print 99 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General • This print contains a microprocessor using its own software. This software is checked upon:
- power-on;
- each change of machine software.
• If the check indicates that the software is not compatible with the MCB print software, new
software is automatically loaded into the TRIAX print.
• This is an air-cooled print. The cooling system of this print can be severely disrupted by dirt such
as dust (dressing). As a consequence, to ensure the proper operation of the TRIAX print it is very
important that the air circulation on and around the cooling plate of the print is kept optimal. The
heatsink of the print should be blown clean regularly (with every gaiting).
This is an air-cooled print. The cooling system of this print can be severely disrupted by dirt
such as dust (dressing). As a consequence, to ensure the proper operation of the TRIAX print
it is very important that the air circulation on and around the cooling plate of the print is kept
optimal. The heatsink of the print should be blown clean regularly (with every gaiting).

Function
ETU
ELO1 TRIAX
MCB
ELO2 / ELO-FA

The TRIAX print controls the... on the basis of ...


ETU motor • pick density setting;
• machine speed.
• ELO1 motor warp tension of the driven warp beam.
• ELO2 motor or ELO-FA motor

100 / 458 General > TRIAX print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals .

TRIAX/D-2 TRIAX-2

D98 D98
D97 D97
D99 D99

D50 D50

D95 D95

D5 D5

LED Color Name The LED...


D5 green — lights up if +290V is present on the print.
D50 Watchdog Flashes fast if the microprocessor and the software are operating.
D95 Reset lights up if the +5VDC on this print > 4.8VDC.

If the +5 < 4.8VDC, the RESET line is low. The microprocessor is


halted or stops and will not start until the +5VDC > 4.8VDC.
D97 yellow HS-CAN-IN Is not used.
D98 HS-CAN-OUT
D99 RS-IN Flashes while the optical angle position is being received.
Fusing There are no fuses on the print.

EN101010N General > TRIAX print 101 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
TRIAX/D-2 TRIAX-2
TRIAX-U79 TRIAX-U81
TRIAX-U80 TRIAX-U79
TRIAX-16 TRIAX-U82 TRIAX-U80
TRIAX-16 TRIAX-U82

TRIAX-12
TRIAX-01 TRIAX-12
TRIAX-20 TRIAX-01
TRIAX-21 TRIAX-20
TRIAX-11 TRIAX-21
TRIAX-11
TRIAX-02
TRIAX-02

TRIAX-17
TRIAX-17
TRIAX-10
TRIAX-03 TRIAX-10
TRIAX-03

TRIAX-14
TRIAX-14
TRIAX-09
TRIAX-04 TRIAX-09
TRIAX-04
TRIAX-23
TRIAX-23
TRIAX-24 TRIAX-13 TRIAX-13
TRIAX-24
TRIAX-08
TRIAX-05

TRIAX-07
TRIAX-06
TRIAX-19 TRIAX-19
TRIAX-18 TRIAX-18
TRIAX-22 TRIAX-22

TRIAX-15 TRIAX-15

Connector Connections
TRIAX-01 Phase A Right-hand ELO motor.
TRIAX-02 Phase C
TRIAX-03 Phase B
TRIAX-04 Phase D
TRIAX-05 Phase A Only with TRIAX-2.
TRIAX-06 Phase C
Left-hand ELO motor or fancy beam ELO motor.
TRIAX-07 Phase B
TRIAX-08 Phase D

102 / 458 General > TRIAX print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connector Connections
TRIAX-09 Phase A ETU motor.
TRIAX-10 Phase C
TRIAX-11 Phase B
TRIAX-12 Phase D
TRIAX-13 For Picanol service.
TRIAX-14
TRIAX-15 Power supply (290V DC) coming from the EPDAF print.
TRIAX-16 Power supply (5VDC; 12VDC; 26VDC) and DD-2 coming from the EPDAF print.
TRIAX-17 Signals from the resolvers: ETU motor, right-hand side ELO motor, left-hand side
ELO motor (with double warp beam) or fancy beam ELO motor (with fancy beam).
TRIAX-18 CAN communication with the MCB print.
TRIAX-19 Bimetals and brakes: ETU motor, right-hand side ELO motor, left-hand side ELO
motor (with double warp beam), fancy beam ELO motor (with fancy beam).
TRIAX-20 Right-hand waste cutter (with electrical waste cutters).
TRIAX-21 For Picanol service.
TRIAX-22 Dump resistor.
TRIAX-23 Not used.
TRIAX-24
U79 (7) Optical angle position.
U80 (6) Not used.
U81
U82 (5)

EN101010N General > TRIAX print 103 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Replacement of the
print When replacing the TRIAX print, apply some cooling paste between the heatsink and the 2
aluminum mounting profiles of the TRIAX print.

TRIAX print

Heatsink

Mounting profiles of the TRIAX print

104 / 458 General > TRIAX print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Tighten all fastening screws so the TRIAX print is mounted against the heatsink.

EN101010N General > TRIAX print 105 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDEC
Name Loom Drive Electronic Converter
Version LDEC: BE232105
Safety
The LDEC module contains ± 600V DC.

Before working on the LDEC module:


1 Switch off the power supply of the main control box.
2 Wait 3 minutes before opening the LDEC (the capacitors discharge only slowly).

106 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General • The 3-phase mains voltage is used as power supply for controlling the motor phases. The mains
voltage is usable in the 380V AC to 460V AC range.
If the weaving mill voltage is not in this range, a transformer is used.

• Upon activation of the machine and after pushing the POWER ON button, the following steps are
performed:
3 1 Only 1 of the 3 phases is connected to the LDEC module via the
INRUSH print.
1 3 5
2 The ELCO on the LDEC module is charged slowly and the tension on
KSFTY
the ELCO is continuously measured.
2 4 6
3 If the tension becomes higher than the value set by the software, the
1 3 5

R-INRUSH
K-MM motor switch can be switched on so all 3 phases come directly

KMM
to the LDEC module.
2 4 6

R S T
MM
LDEC

• On the LDEC module, the 3-phase mains voltage is rectified by a 3-phase rectifier located on the
back of the print.
The DC current is smoothed out by the ELCOs.

• The rectified voltage is used to control the main motor via control modules.
The control modules and the 3-phase rectifier are mounted on the LDEC module and attached to
a heatsink. The temperature of this heatsink is monitored continuously. This heatsink is also
air-cooled continuously.

EN101010N General > LDEC 107 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Function The LDEC controls, checks and protects the control of the main motor. The LDEC receives the
required signals from MCB and DDMP.
The illustration below shows the block diagram of the control of the main motor:
PE
KMM LDEC
R

R-Dump Main
R-Inrush
A Motor
B D
Low
Voltage
Logic and Safety C

communication

Drive Disable
Optical
DDMP MCB RS

108 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Composition of the The LDEC consists of various components and prints. These are:
LDEC Illustration

E
G
C

D
Component Name
A Heatsink
B Cover
C Dump resistor
D LDEC > OBMM110 print [123]
E LDEC > RBMM110 print [132]
F LDEC > CBMM110 print [141]
G LDEC > EBMM1020 print [145]

EN101010N General > LDEC 109 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Protection The LDEC disengages the main motor or prevents it from starting if one of the following conditions is
exceeded:
• Overvoltage motor phases: 250A
• Differential: ± 2A;
• Overvoltage DC: 796V;
• Undervoltage DC: 370V;
• Temperature of the modules: 80°C;
• Low voltage check;
• Desaturation protection.
If an error occurs, an error message will appear on screen and LEDs will light up on the
LDEC. See also: Error detection [113].

110 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals The table below shows the signals of the LDEC:


Illustration

D21

D40
D42

LED ..., color ..., on the ... lights up ...


D21 green LDEC > RBMM110 print [132] if VDCL is present on the print.
D40 if 26VDC is present on the print.
D42 if 5VDC is present on the print.

EN101010N General > LDEC 111 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Illustration

D7

D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5

LED ..., color ..., on the ... lights up ...


D0 orange LDEC > CBMM110 print [141] at error detection of the LDEC.
D1 See Error detection [113]
D2
D3
D4
D5 if the drive is activated.
D7 green if 3,3V is present on the print.

112 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Illustration

D2
D1

LED ..., color ..., on the ... lights up ...


D1 red LDEC > EBMM1020 print [145] if the ELCOs are under tension.
D2 (EBMMac)
D1 LDEC > EBMM1020 print [145]
(EBMMbd)
D2
Error detection On the LDEC, there are 6 LEDs that, when lit, refer to a specific error.
The table below shows the explanation of the possible lit LED combinations.
1: LED lights up.
0: LED does not light up.

EN101010N General > LDEC 113 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Illustration

D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5

D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Error (explanation error message Error message on screen


LEDs)
0 0 0 0 1 Drive Enable External FDD and/or dtisc
0 0 0 1 0 Optocoupler supply DTISC
0 0 0 1 1 Faultfeedback DTISC
0 0 1 0 0 Low voltages OK VLSOK and/or PBEsw
0 0 1 0 1 Motor current oc_sw
0 0 1 1 0 Differential current DTISC
0 0 1 1 1 Undervoltage safety DTISC
0 1 0 0 0 Drive Enable External PBEsw and/or DTISC
D5
1 Drive is activated
0 Drive is deactivated

114 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration

RDUMP

DD U4
U3
Connector Connections
-A+ phase A
+C- phase C
DTTHDUMP is not used
DUMP connection dump resistor
RST 3-phase input voltage and mass
VDCL is not used
DTTHMM
-B+ phase B
+D- phase D
DD Drive Disable
U3 (2) optical connection to DDMP-U4 (2) (receiver)
U4 (1) optical connection to DDMP-U2 (1) (transmitter)

EN101010N General > LDEC 115 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Removing the LDEC 1 Switch off the main power supply.


2 Open the power box and tip the LDEC over by removing the 2 fastening screws “A” and lower
the panel slowly.
Before opening the LDEC panel, wait 3 minutes until the capacitors have completely
discharged.
Fit a support “B” of about 4 cm underneath the LDEC panel, so the panel is horizontal.

116 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

3 Disconnect the connectors of the LDEC: -A+; +C-; Dump; RST; -B+; +D-.
C

4 Disconnect the connectors “D” of the LDEC: DD (P2); optical 2; optical 1.


D

EN101010N General > LDEC 117 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

5 Disconnect the 5 earth and shielding connections “E”.


E

6 Remove the LDEC by loosening the 16 screws “F”.


F

118 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fitting the LDEC 1 Fit the new LDEC into its position.
2 Fix the LDEC with 16 screws.
F

EN101010N General > LDEC 119 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

3 Connect the 5 earth and shielding connections “E”.


E

4 Connect the connectors of the LDEC: -A+; +C-; Dump; RST; -B+; +D-.
Make sure all connectors click into their parts.

120 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

5 Connect the connectors “D” of the LDEC: DD (P2); optical 2; optical 1.


Make sure all connectors click into their parts.

EN101010N General > LDEC 121 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

6 Close the LDEC panel and tighten the 2 fastening screws“A”.

7 Close the main control box.

122 / 458 General > LDEC EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDEC > OBMM110 print


Name Output Board Main Motor 110KW
Version OBBM110-1: BE221528
General The OBMM print is part of the LDEC [106].
Function This print:
• redirects the power stages for 2 motor coils;
• measures the power at the motor phases;
• monitors the temperature of the modules;
• protects against desaturation of the modules;
• generates tension for the drivers.
In the LDEC there are 2 identical OBMM prints. One print controls motor phases A and C
(OBMMac), the other print drives the motor phases B and D (OBMMbd).

Signals There are no LEDs on this print.


Fusing There are no fuses on this print.

EN101010N General > LDEC > OBMM110 print 123 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections Connections
OBMMac OBMMbd
OBMM-01 Phase A Phase B
1 2
OBMM-02 Phase C Phase D
S1 S2 OBBM-03 connection with connection with
CBMM CBMM
OBBM-04 not used
OBMM-S1 directly connected directly connected
OBMM-S2 to EBMMac to EBMMbd
S3 S4 OBMM-S3
OBMM-S4
4

124 / 458 General > LDEC > OBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Removing the OBMM


This procedure describes how to remove OBMM from the LDEC.
The illustrations refer to OBMMac, but the procedure also applies to OBMMbd.

1 Remove the LDEC panel from the control box. See Removing the LDEC [116].
2 Store the LDEC in a dust-free environment.
Dust between the power modules and the heatsink can damage the modules.

3 Remove the cover.

EN101010N General > LDEC > OBMM110 print 125 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

4 Disconnect the ribbon cable from the OBBM print “A”.


A

5 Loosen the 6 screws “B” of the EBMM print and remove the print.

126 / 458 General > LDEC > OBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

6 Remove the 4 screws “C” from the OBMM print.

7 Remove the 8 bolts “D” from the power modules.

8 Remove the OBMM print.


9 Remove the cooling paste from the heatsink and from the OBMM power module.

EN101010N General > LDEC > OBMM110 print 127 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fitting the OBMM


This procedure describes how to fit the OBMM into the LDEC.
The illustrations refer to OBMMac, but the procedure also applies to OBMMbd.

1 Evenly apply cooling paste onto the heatsink.


Spread the cooling paste with a spatula.

128 / 458 General > LDEC > OBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

2 Fit the new OBMM print and finger-tighten the 4 screws “C”.

3 Tighten the 8 bolts “D” of the power modules.


Tighten the bolts in diagonal order. Tighten first to 2Nm, afterwards to 4Nm.

1 6 3 8

5 2 7 4

EN101010N General > LDEC > OBMM110 print 129 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

4 Tighten the 4 screws “C” to 1,4Nm.

5 Connect the ribbon cable “A” to the OBMM.


A

130 / 458 General > LDEC > OBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

6 Fit the EBMM print and tighten the screws “B” to a torque of 1,4Nm.

7 Remount the cover.

8 Put the LDEC back and restore all connections.


See Fitting the LDEC [119].

EN101010N General > LDEC > OBMM110 print 131 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDEC > RBMM110 print


Name Rectifier Board Main Motor 110KW
Version RBBM110-1: BE221526
General The RBMM110 print is part of the LDEC [106].
Function This print:
• converts the main voltage to direct current;
• controls and detects dump circuit;
• checks the tension;
• checks the current (differential);
• converts to low voltage;
• combines the protections;
• divides the control signals;
• offers the option to export the VDCL.
Signals The signals are described in the LDEC section.
See Signals [111].
Fusing There are no fuses on this print.

132 / 458 General > LDEC > RBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
RBMM-01 Directly plugged into the
12 14 11 CBMM110 print
2 RBMM-02 not used
4
RBBM-04
S1 S2 RBMM-05 ribbon cable to OBMM110 bd
RBMM-06 ribbon cable to OBMM110 ac
RBBM-07 for Picanol service
RBMM-08
RBMM-09
RBBM-10
RBMM-11 not used
S3 S4
7 RBMM-12 dump resistor
S5 1 S6 RBMM-14 power supply: R, S, T, PE
RBMM-S1 directly connected to EBMM
RBMM-S2
8
6 RBMM-S3
5
RBMM-S4
9
RBMM-S5 directly connected to CBMM
S7 S8 RBMM-S6
10 RBMM-S7
RBMM-S8

EN101010N General > LDEC > RBMM110 print 133 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Removing the RBMM 1 Remove the LDEC panel from the control box. See Removing the LDEC [116].
2 Store the LDEC in a dust-free environment.
Dust between the power modules and the heatsink can damage the modules.

3 Remove the cover.

4 Disconnect the 2 ribbon cables from the RBBM print “A”.


A A

134 / 458 General > LDEC > RBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

5 Loosen the 12 screws “B” of both EBMM prints and remove the prints.

B B

6 Loosen the 4 screws “C” of the CBMM print and remove the print.

EN101010N General > LDEC > RBMM110 print 135 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

7 Remove the 4 screws “D” from the RBMM print.

8 Remove the 4 bolts “E” of the power modules and remove the RBMM print.

9 Remove the cooling paste from the heatsink and from the RBMM power module.

136 / 458 General > LDEC > RBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fitting the RBMM 1 Evenly apply cooling paste onto the heatsink.
Spread the cooling paste with a spatula.

2 Fit the new RBMM print and finger-tighten the 4 screws “D”.

EN101010N General > LDEC > RBMM110 print 137 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

3 Tighten the 4 bolts “E” of the power modules.


Tighten the bolts in diagonal order. Tighten first to 2Nm, afterwards to 4Nm.

1 4

3 2

4 Tighten the 4 screws “D” of the RBMM print to a torque of 1,4Nm.

138 / 458 General > LDEC > RBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

5 Connect the 2 ribbon cables “A” to the RBMM.


A A

6 Fit the CBMM print and tighten the 4 screws “C” to a torque of 0,6Nm.

EN101010N General > LDEC > RBMM110 print 139 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

7 Fit the 2 EBMM prints and tighten the 12 screws “B” to a torque of 1,4Nm.

B B

8 Remount the cover.

9 Restore all connections and reconnect the LDEC panel.


See Fitting the LDEC [119].

140 / 458 General > LDEC > RBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDEC > CBMM110 print


Name Control Board Main Motor 110KW
Version CBBM110-1: BE222346
General The CBMM110 print is part of the LDEC [106].
Function This print:
• provides optical communication with the machine;
• controls the driver phases;
• converts the measured values from analogue to digital;
• checks and reacts to the protections;
• converts to 3,3V low voltage;
• shows the status by means of LEDs.
Signals The signals are described in the LDEC section.
See Signals [111] and Error detection [113].

Fusing There are no fuses on this print.

EN101010N General > LDEC > CBMM110 print 141 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
U4 U3 RBMM-01 Directly plugged into the RBMM
print
2 RBMM-02 DD signal
RBBM-03 not used
U3 (receive) optical connection with
the DDMP-U4 (2)
U4 (transmit) optical connection with
the DDMP-U2 (1)
3

Removing the CBMM 1 Remove the LDEC panel from the control box. See Removing the LDEC [116].
2 Store the LDEC in a dust-free environment.
Dust between the power modules and the heatsink can damage the modules.

142 / 458 General > LDEC > CBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

3 Remove the cover.

4 Loosen the 4 screws “A” of the CBMM print and remove the print.

EN101010N General > LDEC > CBMM110 print 143 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fitting the CBMM 1 Fit the CBMM print and tighten the 4 screws “A” to a torque of 0,6Nm.

2 Remount the cover.

3 Restore all connections and reconnect the LDEC panel.


See Fitting the LDEC [119].

144 / 458 General > LDEC > CBMM110 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDEC > EBMM1020 print


Name Elco Board Main Motor 1020µF
Version EBBM1020-1: BE222462
General The EBMM020 print is part of the LDEC [106].
Function This print:
• buffers and smoothens the peak capacities;
• discharges energy after tension release.
In the LDEC there are 2 identical EBMM prints. One for the motor phases A and C (EBMMac),
one for the motor phases B and D (EBMMbd).

Signals The signals are described in the LDEC section.


See Signals [111].
Fusing There are no fuses on this print.
Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
EBMM directly plugged into the 2
OBMM prints and the RBMM
print

EN101010N General > LDEC > EBMM1020 print 145 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Removing the EBMM


Always replace both EBMM prints together.
If one print is defective, the other print will also be damaged.

1 Remove the LDEC panel from the control box. See Removing the LDEC [116].
2 Store the LDEC in a dust-free environment.
Dust between the power modules and the heatsink can damage the modules.

3 Remove the cover.

146 / 458 General > LDEC > EBMM1020 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

4 Loosen the 12 screws “A” of both EBMM prints and remove the prints.

A A

Fitting the EBMM .

Always replace both EBMM prints together.


If one print is defective, the other print will also be damaged.
1 Fit the 2 EBMM prints and tighten the 12 screws “B” to a torque of 1,4Nm.

A A

EN101010N General > LDEC > EBMM1020 print 147 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

2 Remount the cover.

3 Restore all connections and reconnect the LDEC panel.


See Fitting the LDEC [119].

148 / 458 General > LDEC > EBMM1020 print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

QM: main switch

• Nominal current: 25 A
• Short circuit protection: 327 A ±20%

EN101010N General > QM: main switch 149 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

FL: mains filter (only with CE machines)

Once more we must emphasize the importance of having a good earth connection
in the weaving mill. A poor earth connection may lead to dangerous situations.
Picanol rejects any liability if it should be found that the weaving mill’s mains earth
connection is not in good working order.

150 / 458 General > FL: mains filter (only with CE machines) EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LR: coil

This coil serves to improve the power factor.

EN101010N General > LR: coil 151 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Main control box (CB) > Low-voltage section

Opening the door to See Side 1 [59].


the low-voltage section
Contents • General [153]
• Components [154]
• MCB print [155]
• DDMP print [165]
• MIDB/A print [168]
• AIB print [169]
• WEB print [173]

152 / 458 General > LR: coil EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General
Electrostatic The printed circuit boards contain integrated circuits that are sensitive to electrostatic discharges:
discharges • Put the printed circuit boards away in special boxes.
• Do not place the printed circuit boards on a metal surface, to avoid short-circuiting the batteries
on the board.
• Do not touch the printed circuit boards unnecessarily and handle them with care to avoid
permanent damage to the circuits.

EN101010N General > General 153 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Components

Board Rack Plugbox


AIB print [169]

MIDB/A print [168]

DDMP print [165]

MCB print [155]

WEB print [173]

154 / 458 General > Components EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

MCB print
Version MCB-7: BE222752
General The MCB print contains a microprocessor using its own software. The software is loaded into flash
EPROMs using the machine terminal.
Function .

3RZHUIDLO
56
,36
3RZHUUHODLV
0&%
'HWHFWLRQ3;

-$&48$5' 3RZHURXWSXWV
35:

3,&$1
$QDORJLQSXWV
'2%%< 06&$1

(3'$) +6
H/HQR
32:(521 3%
(PHUJHQF\6WRS
'2%%<(0

37
:DUQLQJ/DPS
-$&48$5(77(
'LDJQRVWLF3OXJ :DUSGHWHFWLRQ (%

6LJQDOODPSV
$7%B<
56
.%' 56

$5&1(7
0,'%$ $7%B;
873
/220*$7( ,'

&(%B=
/RRPPRQLWRULQJ

+6&$1 %32 &(%B<


0RWRU&$1EXV

&(%B;
/'(& ''03

(78
75,$; $,% :(%B; :(%B< :(%B=
(/2
(/2(/2)$

EN101010N General > MCB print 155 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Function/ Description
component
Security Together, the MCB and DDMP prints provide the protection logic.
Powerfail This signal is passed on to the microprocessor when mains power fails.
Loom monitoring This parallel output contains the following lines:
- start/stop
- warp stop
- selvedge stop
- filling stop
- pulse/revolution
- spare output

On the basis of these signals a weaving mill computer can calculate the
efficiency of the machine.
RS (resolver main By means of two coils the resolver determines the exact angle position of the
motor) machine.
Hand Safety (HS) The machine is equipped with a safety light grid.
EM DOBBY This output is used to control the dobby of a type different from 2881.
Power relay Print relays are used to connect the 48V AC for controlling the various motor
switches:
- K-MM: main motor motor switch.
- K-SFTY: machine protection motor switch.
Detection and PX Detections
- oil pressure detection DT-LU-PRESS.
- oil filter contamination detection DT-LU-FL.
- detection of the following supply voltages:
+26V DC, 24V AC, 48V AC, +24V DCS and –12V DC.
Proximity switches (PX)
- PX-WP: detects whether the main motor rotor is in the weaving position.
- PX-PFP: detects whether the main motor rotor is in the pickfinder position.
- PX-REF: detects the reference-zone of the sley.

156 / 458 General > MCB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Function/ Description
component
Power outputs On the MCB print 3 voltages are derived from the +26V DCS
- +26V DCL1: power supply to the warp tension detection and calibration and
power supply to the diagnostic plug.
- +26V DCL2: power supply to detections, proximity switches and control
buttons.
- +26V WD: power supply to Warp Detector, Waste Yarn Detector en LEDs on
the Warp Detector.
The brake
- Holding brake BR:
On power OFF, the brake is disengaged mechanically and it must be
energized for braking.
- Parking brake PBR:
On power OFF the brake is engaged mechanically and it must be energized
in order to disengage.
The pickfinder valve VPF
Moves the main motor rotor between the weaving and pickfinder positions.
Analog Inputs DT-WT* (* = 1 and 2)
Signal from the warp tension sensor *.
DTI26VDC
+26V DC current measuring signal on the EPDAF print.
DTTHLU
Circulating lubrication oil temperature measurement.
FTEN
Filling yarn tension meter signal. This comes in via the diagnostic plug.
Warp Detection warp stop motion
Signal Lights (SL) signal lights

EN101010N General > MCB print 157 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Function/ Description
component
Diagnostic plug PICASCOOP
(X-DGN) The MCB print supplies the trigger signal to the Picascope while the trigger
angle position can be advanced/delayed by means of a switch located on the
PICASCOPE.
FTEN (Filling TENsion)
The MCB print takes in this FTEN signal when the filling tension meter is
connected to the diagnostic plug.
TST-V-RSP (Test Valve ReSPonse)
The air buggy measures the valve response time and this value is sent via this
line.
PT1024: PICAN communication pulse train
The pulse train contains the angle position of the machine.
RTX-CAN-2: bidirectional CAN communication
Serial RS485
communication ARCNET
The MCB print uses this serial line to communicate with:
- the Keyboard Display; or
- the Interactive Display.
HS-CAN (Motor CAN bus)
- DDMP <=> PB:
Up to the DDMP print, HS-CAN is an electrical signal.
On the DDMP print HS-CAN is converted into an optical signal for the LDEC
print. The angle position sent from the DDMP print to the LDEC print is also
an optical signal.
- TRIAX:
Up to the TRIAX print, HS-CAN is an optical signal. The angle position sent
from the MCB print to the TRIAX print is an optical signal too.
MS-CAN (Medium Speed CAN bus)
The MS-CAN bus is now only used as a component of the PICAN bus.

158 / 458 General > MCB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Function/ Description
component
PICAN The PICAN bus is composed on the EPDAF print, using the following signals:
- PT1024: PICAN communication pulse train;
- MS-CAN: CAN communication;
- The +26V DC power supply and PGD ground signals.
The push-buttons The control buttons (PB-*) (* = SMF, SMR, PFF and PFR)
(PB-*) All control buttons that may cause the machine to move, are double contact
buttons:
- PB-*-1 sends a signal to the microprocessor
- PB-*-2 is incorporated into the hardware safety system.
The emergency stops (PB-ES-*) (* = CB, LHS, RHS and RRHS)
These push-buttons are equipped with double contacts and both are taken in
(separately) through the EPDAF print.
Connections of Warning lights (WL)
signals via the The MCB print controls the warning lights via the EPDAF print. If one of the
EPDAF print warning lights is defective, this is reported by means of the machine terminal.
Detection of the POWER ON status (DT-PWRON)
DD* (Drive Disable) bidirectional signal (* = 1, 2 and PB)
- DD2 (TRIAX print)
- DDPB (PB print).

EN101010N General > MCB print 159 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals
Illustration LED Color Name The LED...
D86 D39 D39 green — lights up if +12 V DC is present on the print.
D86 Reset Lights up if the +5.2 VDC on this print is more
D126 than 4.8 VDC.
D127
D128
D117 If the +5 VDC is less than 4,8V DC, the RESET
line is low. The microprocessor goes down and
will not start again until the +5.2 VDC once
more exceeds 4.8V DC.
D117 Watchdog- Flashes if the microprocessor and the
software are operating.
- is out if the software ’hangs’. As a result
there is no communication with the
machine-terminal.
D126 yellow HS-CAN-IN - Lights up weakly if the optical
communication (5) between the MCB
and TRIAX prints is operating properly.
- Lights up brightly or is off if a
communication error has occurred.
D127 HS-CAN-OUT - Lights up weakly if the optical
communication (6) between the MCB
and TRIAX prints is operating properly.
- Lights up brightly or is off if a
communication error has occurred.
D128 RS-OUT - Lights up weakly if the optical
communication (7 and 8) with the angle
positions between the MCB and TRIAX
prints is operating properly.
- Lights up brightly or is off if a
communication error has occurred.
Fusing There are no fuses on the print.

160 / 458 General > MCB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
MCB-U142 MCB-01 - Communication with the machine terminal and
MCB-U147
MCB-U157
MCB-01
MCB-U215 the TRIAX print
MCB-02 - Power supply to the machine terminal
- Drive Disable signal for the TRIAX print. This
MCB-03
MCB-17 signal is passed on to the respective print via the
MCB-23 EPDAF print.
MCB-14
MCB-02 - Parallel communications to the weaving mill
MCB-04 MCB-18 central computer.
MCB-19 - Connection to the diagnostic plug.
MCB-13
MCB-05 MCB-03 - Power supply coming from the EPDAF print.
MCB-21 - Emergency stop signal coming from the EPDAF
MCB-22 print.
MCB-04 Resolver signals from the machine control system.
MCB-12 MCB-06
MCB-05 Connection to the:
- warp tension sensors,
MCB-15
- oil temperature sensor
MCB-11 MCB-07 - oil level sensor
MCB-16 - outside cam motion
- air flow sensor
MCB-08 - control signal of the fuses of the EPDAF print
MCB-09
MCB-10 MCB-06 Connection to the dobby.
MCB-07 Connection to the push-button detections and
jumpers.
MCB-08 - Connection to the high voltage plate thermal
detection elements.
- Connection to the aspirator motor bimetal

EN101010N General > MCB print 161 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Illustration Connector Connections


MCB-U142 MCB-09 Connection to:
MCB-U147 MCB-01 - the signal lights
MCB-U157 MCB-U215
MCB-02 - the EPDAF print warning lights signal
- the electrical parking brake valve
MCB-03
MCB-17 - the pickfinder valve
MCB-14
MCB-23 MCB-10 Connection to the hand safety and the
push-buttons (protection logic)
MCB-18
MCB-04
MCB-19
MCB-11 Connection to:
- the proximity switches
MCB-13
MCB-05 - the oil filter
MCB-21 - the jacquarette
MCB-22 - the batching motion
- the thermal cutter
MCB-12 MCB-06 MCB-12 Connection to:
- the warp stop motion
- selvedge and waste yarn detections
MCB-15
MCB-07
- filling detector
MCB-11
MCB-16 MCB-13 Directly plugged in to AIB-01
MCB-14 Directly plugged in to MIDB/A-0
MCB-08
MCB-09 MCB-15 Connection to:
MCB-10 - the motor switches on the high voltage plate
- the POWER ON button
- the oil pressure detection and the EPDAF print
emergency stop signal
MCB-16 Power supply coming from the EPDAF print.
MCB-17 For Picanol service.
MCB-18 Directly plugged into DDMP-02.
MCB-19 For Picanol service.
MCB-20 Not present on the print.
MCB-21 For Picanol service.
MCB-22 Directly plugged into DDMP-03.
MCB-23 - PICAN pulse train
- EVENTLINE
- FTEN

162 / 458 General > MCB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Illustration Connector Connections


MCB-U142 MCB-U142 Not used.
MCB-U147 MCB-01 (5)
MCB-U157 MCB-U215
MCB-02
MCB-U147
MCB-17 MCB-03 (6)
MCB-23
MCB-U157
MCB-14 (7)
MCB-04 MCB-18 MCB-U215 Optical connection to the TRIAX print for the angle
MCB-19 (8) position (transmitter).
MCB-13
MCB-05
MCB-21
MCB-22

MCB-12 MCB-06

MCB-15
MCB-11 MCB-07
MCB-16

MCB-08
MCB-09
MCB-10

EN101010N General > MCB print 163 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Replacement of the Preliminaries


print 1 Use the USB Memory Stick or a Set or Set+ Card to make a backup of the machine-settings. For
further explanations, see Sw-transfer [164].
2 Copy the machine software to a USB Memory Stick or Set+ Cards.
For further explanations, see Sw-transfer [164].
It is NOT possible to copy the machine software to a USB stick.
It is only possible to copy from a computer to a USB stick.
The MCB print may not come into contact with a metal table or any other metal component.

DDMP print
Remove the DDMP print from the old MCB print and plug it in on the new one.
After the replacement
3 Copy the machine software to the machine (MCB print).
4 Copy the machine settings to the machine (MCB print).
5 Re-synchronize the machine.

Sw-transfer
Display type Transfer medium Further explanation
Keyboard display Set Card See the section "The keyboard display", chapter
Set+ Card "General: Memory cards”.
Interactive display USB Memory Stick See the section "The keyboard display", chapter
"General: USB Memory Stick”

164 / 458 General > MCB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

DDMP print
Version DDMP-4: BE214832
General • This print contains a microprocessor using its own software. This software is checked upon:
- power-on;
- changing of machine software;
• If the check indicates that the software is not compatible with the MCB print software, new
software is automatically loaded into the DDMP print.
Function This print:
• provides the protection logic
The DDMP and MCB prints together provide the protection logic. The protection logic prevents
the machine from being controlled in an undesirable manner.
• controls the main motor
The DDMP print directly controls the driver stages on the PB print via an optical connection.

EN101010N General > DDMP print 165 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals
Illustration LED Color Name The LED...
D3 yellow Data In Flashes in the event of data
D4 Data Out communication with the PB print.

This is a check of the optical


connection between the DDMP and

D5
D4
D3
LDEC prints.
D5 RPT Is not used.
D9 green Reset Lights up if the +5.2 VDC on this
print is more than 4.8 VDC.

If the +5 VDC is less than 4.8V DC,


the RESET line is low. The
D9 microprocessor goes down and will
D10 not start again until the +5.2 VDC
once more exceeds 4.8V DC.
D10 Watchdog Flashes fast if the microprocessor
and the software are operating.
Fusing There are no fuses on the print.

166 / 458 General > DDMP print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
U7 U4 U2 DDMP-01 For Picanol service.
DDMP-02 Directly plugged in to the MCB-18.
DDMP-03 Directly plugged in to the MCB-22
DDMP-02 DDMP-04 Not present on the print.
DDMP-05 - AC-GND
- Signal from the emergency stops.
DDMP-06
- Signals from the K-MM motor switch.
- Drive Disable for the main motor power control
modules.
DDMP-06 For Picanol service.
DDMP-U2 (1) optical connection to LDEC-U9 (1)
DDMP-01
DDMP-U4 (2) optical connection to LDEC-U6 (2)
DDMP-03 DDMP-U7 (3) Not used.

DDMP-05

EN101010N General > DDMP print 167 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

MIDB/A print
Version MIDB/A-1: BE302557
Function .

This print cannot be interchanged with a print from another weaving machine.
.

This print constitutes the electronic identification plate of the weaving machine.
This print contains:
• The MID settings: machine configuration.
• The serial number. This number is also indicated on the machine identification plate.
Signals There are no LEDs on the print.
Fusing There are no fuses on the print.
Connections .

Illustration Connector Connections


MIDB/A-01 MIDB/A-01 Directly plugged in to the MCB-14.
MIDB/A-02 MIDB/A-02 Directly plugged in to BPO-10.

If problems occur Contact Picanol nv.

168 / 458 General > MIDB/A print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

AIB print
Version AIB-3: BE308446
Function This print controls and monitors the following components:
• relay nozzle valve 1 --> 17
• fixed and movable main nozzle valves – channels 1 and 2
• stretching nozzle valve and extraction nozzle valve
• Q-nom motors of the fixed and movable main nozzles – channels 1 and 2
• ELCA motors of the fixed and movable main nozzles – channels 1 and 2
• PFT motors – channels 1 and 2
• PFT threading-up motors – channels 1 --> 4
• filling cutter
• right-hand ELSY motor
• valves for the tuckers
• valves for the counterflow (used with PRA1 and PSO actions)
• switch detectors channel 1 and 2
Signals There are no LEDs on the print.

EN101010N General > AIB print 169 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fusing .

Never replace a fuse without measuring the coil and wiring of the valve.

If one of the fuses is defective, this is reported by means of the machine terminal.

Illustration Fuse Circuit Value Comment


F1 PFT, PFT wiring, ELCA and 6,3 AF —
Q-nom motors – channels 1 and
2
F2 relay nozzle valve 10 1,6 AT soldered onto
F3 extraction nozzle valve SMD the print
(V-SNEX)
F4 fixed main nozzle valve –
channel 1
F7
F5 movable main nozzle valve –
F6
F5
channel 2
F4
F3
F2
F6 fixed main nozzle valve –
F8
F10 channel 2
F13
F15
F17 F7 movable main nozzle valve –
F19
F21
F23
channel 1
F16
F14
F12
F8 relay nozzle valve 15
F9
F11 F9 relay nozzle valve 1
F1 F10 relay nozzle valve 17
F18
F20
F11 right-hand ELSY-device and 4 AF —
F22
F24
filling cutter
F25

170 / 458 General > AIB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Illustration Fuse Circuit Value Comment


F12 relay nozzle valve 2 1,6 AT soldered onto
F13 relay nozzle valve 16 SMD the print
F14 relay nozzle valve 3
F15 stretching nozzle valve (V-SN)
F16 relay nozzle valve 4
F17 relay nozzle valve 14
F18 relay nozzle valve 5
F7 F19 relay nozzle valve 13
F6
F5
F4
F20 relay nozzle valve 6
F3
F2
F8
F21 relay nozzle valve 12
F10
F13
F15 F22 relay nozzle valve 7
F17
F19
F21 F23 relay nozzle valve11
F23
F16
F14
F12
F24 relay nozzle valve 8
F9
F11
F25 relay nozzle valve 9
F1
F18
F20
F22
F24
F25

EN101010N General > AIB print 171 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
AIB-01 Directly plugged into the MCB-13.
AIB-02 Directly plugged in to WEB_X-01.
AIB-08 AIB-03 Connections to:
AIB-07 - the filling cutter
- the right-hand ELSY-device
AIB-09 AIB-04 Power supply coming from the EPDAF print.
AIB-01
AIB-05 Connections to:
AIB-06 - the relay nozzle valves
- the stretching nozzle valve
- the extraction valve
AIB-06 Connections to:
AIB-10
- the main nozzle valves of channels 1 and 2
- the Q-nom motors of channels 1 and 2
AIB-05
AIB-07 Connections to:
- the ELCA, PFT and PFT threading-up
AIB-11 motors
- the valves for the left and right-hand tuckers
- counterflow valve – channels 1 and 2
AIB-03
AIB-08 Connections to the bobbin change detector.
AIB-04
AIB-09 spare
AIB-02
AIB-10 Power supply coming from the EPDAF print.
AIB-11 spare

172 / 458 General > AIB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

WEB print
Version WEB-2: BE308447
Function
The ... print controls and monitors...
WEB_X • relay nozzle valve 18 --> 25
• left-hand ELSY-device
• fabric cutter 1
WEB_Y • relay nozzle valve 26--> 33
• centre ELSY-device 1
• fabric cutter 2
WEB_Z • relay nozzle valve 34 --> 41
• centre ELSY-device 2
• fabric cutter 3
Signals There are no LEDs on the print.

EN101010N General > WEB print 173 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Fusing
Illustration Fuse WEB_X WEB_Y WEB_Z Value Comment
F1 fabric cutter 1, fabric cutter 2, centre fabric cutter 3, centre 4 AF —
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9
left-hand ELSY- ELSY ELSY
device device 1 device 2
F2 relay nozzle valve 18 relay nozzle valve 26 relay nozzle valve 34 1,6 AT soldered onto
F3 relay nozzle valve 19 relay nozzle valve 27 relay nozzle valve 35 (SMD) the print
F4 relay nozzle valve 20 relay nozzle valve 28 relay nozzle valve 36
F5 relay nozzle valve 21 relay nozzle valve 29 relay nozzle valve 37
F6 relay nozzle valve 22 relay nozzle valve 30 relay nozzle valve 38
F7 relay nozzle valve 23 relay nozzle valve 31 relay nozzle valve 39
F8 relay nozzle valve 24 relay nozzle valve 32 relay nozzle valve 40
F9 relay nozzle valve 25 relay nozzle valve 33 relay nozzle valve 41

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
WEB_*-01 Directly plugged in to the AIB print or to a
WEB print.
WEB_*-02 Directly plugged in to a WEB print.
WEB_*-03 Connection to the ELSY device.
WEB_*-04 Connections to:
- the relay nozzle valves
- the fabric cutter
WEB_*-05 power supply
WEB_*-04 WEB_*-05 WEB_*-03 WEB_*-06 WEB_*-02 WEB_*-01
WEB_*-06 For Picanol service.
* = X, Y or Z

174 / 458 General > WEB print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN bus

Contents • Function and description [176]


• Concept [177]
• Signals and cable [181]
• EPDAF print [182]
• CAN and PICAN devices [183]
• PICAN devices > Prewinders [184]
• PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module [186]
• PICAN devices > Thermal cutter (eCCTH) [189]
• PICAN devices > e-Leno [190]

EN101010N General > WEB print 175 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Function and description


PICAN Picanol CAN
Description The PICAN system is a bus system based on the CAN bus. This simple and flexible system enables
the machine to:
• communicate with connected devices;
• to synchronize the movements of the connected devices with the machine movements.
Future The PICAN-System is ready to support devices in future that do not yet exist today.
If problems occur If problems occur with the Pican bus, the resistance of the Pican bus must be measured.
See Measuring the PICAN bus [182].

176 / 458 General > Function and description EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Concept
General PICAN devices are connected to the PICAN bus. To allow for this, the machine has been equipped
with a PICAN cable network.
The various PICAN devices are connected to the EPDAF print.
The block diagram only shows one of the possible PICAN diagrams.
This depends on the machine configuration.
See PICAN diagram [259].
.

PRW PICAN- E-LENO E-LENO


MCB eCTTH Jacquard
controlbox FDCB RHS LHS

120 Ohm
120 Ohm
CAN
CAN
PT1024
PT1024

#563A #563B #563C

#652

#576

#577

#579

#575
120 Ohm
CAN
EPDAF PT1024

EN101010N General > Concept 177 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Termination The "Termination" is necessary to prevent signal distortion.


The machines always come supplied with "Termination" at both ends. These terminations are
necessary for the proper operation, even if no PICAN devices are present on the machine.

The "Termination" comprises two 120  terminal resistors:


• 1 on the MS-CAN signal
• 1 on the pulse train signal

The LHS termination is located in the IRO control box.


• In case of IROs.

Termination jumpers on the


IRO control box

• In case of LGLs.

Termination jumpers on the


LGL control box

178 / 458 General > Concept EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

The RHS termination is determined by the machine configuration.


• Without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN-dobby: termination on the PICAN-FDCB.

Termination on the PICAN-FDCB

• With e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN-dobby: termination on the LHS e-Leno.

Termination on the LHS e-Leno

• With CAN-dobby: termination in the CAN-dobby.

Termination jumper on the CAN-dobby.

EN101010N General > Concept 179 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• With Staubli-jacquard and JC6 contoller: termination in the JC6 controller

Termination resistance
( between H and L)

• With Bonas jacquard and S600 controller: termination in the S600 controller

Termination resistance

180 / 458 General > Concept EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals and cable


Signals The PICAN bus carries the following signals:
• power supply (26V DC) for local controls;
• CAN communication via STP wires.
• pulse synchronization with the machine via the STP wires.
• EVENTLINE for exceptions.

These signals are bundled in one flexible cable which is connected by means of an 8-pole connector
(round plug).
Cable
Illustration Peg Signal Color Wire diameter
E A +26V DC red 2 mm² (1)
D B CAN H white 0,34 mm²
C CAN L brown
D EVENTLINE grey
F B E CGND (-26V DC) black 2 mm² (1)
G C F angle pulse H green 0,34 mm²
G angle pulse L yellow
H cover —
H H
A
.

(1):
These wires have a larger diameter than the others, to prevent voltage drop. Accordingly, the
pins of these wires are larger than those on the others.

EN101010N General > Signals and cable 181 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

EPDAF print
General • The EPDAF print connects all PICAN signals to the PICAN devices.
For more information on the PICAN principle, see: Function and description [176].
• For more information on the EPDAF print, see: EPDAF/A print [94].
Measuring the PICAN Measure the resistance between the following measuring points on the EPDAF print and contact
bus Picanol nv.

G F B C

B-C G-F E-B E-C E-G E-F


...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ... 

The resistance of the PICAN bus depends on the machine configuration.


The values can be found in the block diagram concerned.
See PICAN diagram [259].

182 / 458 General > EPDAF print EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CAN and PICAN devices


CAN <--> PICAN With CAN devices the angle position is not passed on through the PICAN cable, but in another way
(e.g. by means of a mechanical shaft).
CAN devices The CAN devices are:
• dobby 2881.
• jacquard. See the "Installation" section.
PICAN devices The PICAN devices are:
• prewinders. See PICAN devices > Prewinders [184].
• FDCB-CN module. See PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module [186].
• e-Leno. See PICAN devices > e-Leno [190].
.

When (dis)connecting (PI)CAN devices to/from the machine, first the mains power
should be switched off. Only after (dis)connecting the device can the mains power be
switched on again. The (PI)CAN device is then detected after power-on.

EN101010N General > CAN and PICAN devices 183 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN devices > Prewinders


General • There are two types of prewinders.
• There are two types of prewinder control boxes.
Installation See the "Installation" section.
Block diagram .

PRW #*

PRW #* #585 +26VDC1


290F
PRW
Controlbox EPDAF/A
PRW #*
#* #652
PRW

Cabling
Cable From To
#585 EPDAF/A prewinder control box
#652 EPDAF/A prewinder control box
IRO-CAN cable prewinder control box prewinders

184 / 458 General > PICAN devices > Prewinders EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Prewinders There are two types of prewinders. These two types can be used indiscriminately. The software
recognizes the types and ensures that the prewinders are controlled properly.
2231 CAN plus 1131 CAN plus

Prewinder control There are two types of prewinder control boxes.


boxes Up to 4 channels More than 4 channels

1-4 1-4 5-8

EN101010N General > PICAN devices > Prewinders 185 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module


Version FDCB_CN-2: BE308853
Block diagram The following illustration shows a block diagram of a possible configuration with the FDCB-CN
module:
ȍ &$1GREE\


0&%
(/HQR (/HQR
/+6 5+6
( ' &
3 3
46&
 
%

H&77+
,52
&RQWUROER[ 3 46&

 3 3 

ȍ  3 


3
3LFDQ)'&%
(3'$) $

%& ȍ
*) ȍ

Function This module:


• Processes the signals from the filling detectors;
• Passes on the data to the MCB print.
Location The illustration below shows the location of the FDCB-CN module.

186 / 458 General > PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals
Illustration LED Color The LED...
D-PT1024 yellow Flashes while machine movement is in
progress. This is the position signal
(PT1024 signal).
D-CAN Flashes if there is communication on the
PICAN bus:
- If the machine has stopped, there will be
communication every 10 s.
- If the machine is running, communication
is continuous.
D-FD1 green Comes on if FD1 detects a filling.
D-FD2 Comes on if FD2 detects a filling.
D-FDSU Lights up if FDSU (PRA1p suction mouth)
detects a filling.
D-RUN red - Flashes at 2.5 Hz immediately after
power-on.
- flashes at 10 Hz after initialization and
identification of the filling detectors;
- Flashes at 1 Hz if there is no correct
software on the FDCB-CN module.
Fusing There are no fuses on the print.

EN101010N General > PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module 187 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connections
Illustration Connector Connections
FDCB_CN- Connecting strip from the PICAN bus to
PICAN-OUT other devices. If no other devices are
connected, the connector must be
terminated (PICAN plug CT).
FDCB_CN- Connection to the cable of the PICAN bus
PICAN-IN coming from the main control box.
FDCB_CN- Connection to the MCB print for the
OUTPUT signals from:
- FD1
- FD2
- FDSU
FDCB_CN- Connection to filling detector 1.
FD1
FDCB_CN- Connection to filling detector 2
FD2
FDCB_CN- Connection to the filling detector in the
FDSU suction mouth.
If problems occur
If problems occur with ... then...
the communication with the FDCB-CN module Check the operation of the PICAN bus
See: Measuring the PICAN bus [182].
FDCB-CN module Return the module as a whole to Picanol.
The print must not be removed from the
module.

188 / 458 General > PICAN devices > FDCB-CN module EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN devices > Thermal cutter (eCCTH)


General The thermal cutter module is fitted on the high voltage plate.
See High voltage plate [66].
If problems occur See: Measuring the PICAN bus [182].
Return the module as a whole to Picanol.
Diagram See PICAN diagram [259].
See Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > Without centre hot wire cutters [214].

EN101010N General > PICAN devices > Thermal cutter (eCCTH) 189 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN devices > e-Leno


Block diagram The block diagram only shows one of the possible PICAN diagrams.
This depends on the machine configuration.
See PICAN diagram [259].
PRW PICAN- E-LENO E-LENO
MCB eCTTH Jacquard
controlbox FDCB RHS LHS

120 Ohm
120 Ohm
CAN
CAN
PT1024
PT1024

#563A #563B #563C

#652

#576

#577

#579

#575
120 Ohm
CAN
EPDAF PT1024

Cabling
Cable From To
563A FDCB-CN-PICAN-OUT RHS e-Leno
563B RHS e-Leno LHS e-Leno
563C LHS e-Leno jacquard or CAN dobby
If problems occur
If problems occur with ... then...
the communication with the e-Leno, check the operation of the PICAN bus
See: Measuring the PICAN bus [182].
e-Leno, return the e-Leno as a whole to Picanol.
The print must not be removed from the
e-Leno.

190 / 458 General > PICAN devices > e-Leno EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Properties of the electrical components located outside the control boxes

Contents • Properties of proximity switches and other detection elements [193]


• Properties of the stepping motors [196]
• Properties of the servo motors [197]
• Properties of the brakes (holding brake and parking brake) [198]
• Properties of the resolver [199]

EN101010N General > PICAN devices > e-Leno 191 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Display characteristics
General There are two types of displays:
IDisp (ID3) KBD

Cabling The connection is the same for both displays.


Cable From To
#101 MCB X-TERM
#102 X-COMP; PDGN and MCB
Remarks .

Always disconnect the main power supply before (dis)connecting the display.

192 / 458 General > Display characteristics EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Properties of proximity switches and other detection elements


Proximity switches All proximity switches use 26V DC.
The proximity switches are described in the table below.
PX Description/property Diagram
PX-WP Detects whether the pickfinding mechanism is in the
weaving position.
PX-PFP Detects whether the pickfinding mechanism is in the
pickfinding position.
PX-REF Detects whether the sley is in the reference-zone.
BR
PX-FA-SFTY Only with fancy beam. 1
BL
2
Signals if the back rest roller is within its functional
working area.
PX-ERL Checks the synchronisation of the rotary selvedge
motions with the machine.
PX-LVL-OFF Only for outside cam motion with leveling.
51
Retuns a signal if the weaving machine is ready for
weaving (Levelling OFF). 54

53

EN101010N General > Properties of proximity switches and other detection elements 193 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Other detection The following table describes the other detection elements.
elements Detection Description/property Diagram
element
DT-LU-PRESS Pressure switch.

A contact that is open when the oil pump motor is not


running and no oil pressure is present as a result.
P > 0.6 bar
There is a delay of a few seconds after the switching
on of the oil pump motor before the oil pressure can
be assessed. If no oil pressure is found after a few
seconds, a machine stop is generated.

Switching pressure = 0.6 bar.


DT-PBR Manocontact (normally open).
P 5 bar
Switching pressure = 5 bar
DT-LU-FL Pressure differential switch for the filter.

If the filter is dirty, the pressure differential will be too 01


2,5 bar
large and the contact opens. 02
P

Switching pressure difference = 2.5 bar.


DT-Q-M-ASP Control signal for the three-phase motor safety.
DT-Q-M-LVL
When one phase becomes overloaded or is
interrupted, the power supply to the motor is
switched off (as a safety measure).

The contact opens if the protection has been


activated. You must reset this protection manually.
BM-STA Batching motion control switch.

The contact is closed if the batching motion is not


ready for weaving (rule of exception).

194 / 458 General > Properties of proximity switches and other detection elements EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Detection Description/property Diagram


element
CT-TH-STA Thermal cutter control switch.

Contact opens if the thermal cutter is not ready for


weaving.
DT-TH-LU Measures the temperature of the oil circuit by means
of an NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient)
resistor.
NTC
1
The temperature value can be read from the machine
2
terminal.

Switching temperature = 100 °C.


DT-TH-M-ASP Monitors motor temperature using a bimetal or PTC
DT-TH-M-ELO (Positive Temperature Coefficient) resistor. VT 100°C
9

DT-TH-M-ETU The contact opens (high-ohmic) at 100 °C. 13


YW

DT-TH-M-FA
DT-TH-M-LU
DT-LU-SH-LV Detects the outside cam motion or dobby oil level.
DT-TH-HSK Monitors the temperature on the heatsink of the
power control system control modules. WH
70 C
If the temperature is too high the machine stops. WH

EN101010N General > Properties of proximity switches and other detection elements 195 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Properties of the stepping motors


Diagram

1 A E
A A A
2 B F

3 C G
B B B
4 D H

Properties
Motor Description Property
M-ELSY (LHS, MID1, MID2 and RHS) ELSY device RA/B = 0.37 
M-WCT (RHS) waste cutter RA/B = 22.4 
M-FBR-CT (1 to 3) fabric cutter
M-FI-CT filling cutter RA/B = 2,3
M-PFT programmable filling tensioner RA/B = 8/22 
M-Qnom Qnominal setting RA/B = 50 
M-ELCA electrically adjustable RA/B = 36 
continuous blowing

196 / 458 General > Properties of the stepping motors EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Properties of the servo motors


Diagram
T1
1
T2
2
A
T3 M-ELO/ETU/EPD/ERL
7

D B
T4
8

T5 C
5
T6
6
T7
3
T8
4

WH/RD
15
WH/YW
16
RD
19
BK RS
20
YW
23
BL
24

BL
21
BR
17
BR-- M-- ELO/ETU/ERL/EPD
VT
9
YW
13
DT-- TH-- M-- ELO/ETU/ERL/EPD

Properties
Motor Description Property
M-ELO1 right-hand let-off SR motor RA/B/C/D = 2.3 
M-ELO2 left-hand let-off (cold)
M-ELO-FA let-off fancy beam
M-ETU take-up motion
M-ERL selvedge motion

EN101010N General > Properties of the servo motors 197 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Properties of the brakes (holding brake and parking brake)


Properties The following table describes the brakes.
Brake Property
holding brake RBR = 8-11 
1

198 / 458 General > Properties of the brakes (holding brake and parking brake) EN101010N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Properties of the resolver


Diagram
RD/WH
A
BK/WH-YW/WH ref
B
BK
E
RD sin
D
YW
G
BL cos
H

Properties • The resistance values for sine and cosine coils must be equal. The resistance value for the
reference coil may differ from that of the sine and cosine coils. Depending on resolver type,
values range from 20 to 60.
• - Voltage Vref measured across the reference coil must be just under 4VAC at a frequency of
5kHz. This voltage never changes and is independent of the position the machine is in.
- The voltage across the sine coil is between 0V and Vref, depending on machine position. The
frequency has the same value as the frequency at Vref.
- The voltage across the cosine coil also varies between 0V and Vref and the frequency is
identical to the frequency for Vref and Vsin.
- The Vsin and Vcos voltages can never both be equal to 0 V or Vref simultaneously.
• This measuring method can also be applied for the servo motor resolvers.

EN101010N General > Properties of the resolver 199 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

200 / 458 General > Properties of the resolver EN101010N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Diagrams
Based on This section is based on:
• I7980_87 (cable list);
• A0300191_19 (OMP cabling).
Contents This section contains the following subjects:

Standard diagrams .......................................................................................................................205


• CE machines without series transformer per machine............................................................. 206
• CE machines with series transformer per machine.................................................................. 207
• Non CE machines without series transformer per machine ..................................................... 208
• Non CE machines with series transformer per machine .......................................................... 209

Diagrams for options....................................................................................................................210


• Batching motion........................................................................................................................ 211
• Aspirator ................................................................................................................................... 212
• Outside cam motion with leveling............................................................................................. 213
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > Without centre hot wire cutters ...................................................... 214
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 1 centre hot wire cutter .......................................................... 215
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 2 centre thermal cutters ......................................................... 216
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 3 centre thermal cutters ......................................................... 217
• Warp stop motion without drop wires (WDDL) ......................................................................... 218

Power supply diagrams > General ..............................................................................................219


• General > Power supplies – Overview ..................................................................................... 220
• General > Power Supply Control and Powerfail ....................................................................... 221

EN100710N Diagrams > 201 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > +26V DC .............................................................................................222


• +26VDC survey ........................................................................................................................ 223
• +26VDCS ................................................................................................................................. 224
• +26VDC1.................................................................................................................................. 225
• +26VDC2.................................................................................................................................. 226
• +26V DC................................................................................................................................... 227
• +26VDC on the AIB print .......................................................................................................... 228
• +26VDC on the CEB_X print .................................................................................................... 229
• +26VDC on the CEB_Y print .................................................................................................... 230
• +26VDC on the CEB_Z print .................................................................................................... 231
• +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of cut reed).................................................................... 232
• +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of cut reed).................................................................... 233
• +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of continuous reed) ....................................................... 234
• +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of continuous reed) ....................................................... 235
• +26VDC on the EB print ........................................................................................................... 236
• +26VDC on the WEB_X print ................................................................................................... 237
• +26VDC on the WEB_Y print ................................................................................................... 238
• +26VDC on the WEB_Z print ................................................................................................... 239
• +26VDCPICAN......................................................................................................................... 240

202 / 458 Diagrams > EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > 290V ...................................................................................................241

Power supply diagrams > 48V AC ...............................................................................................242

Power supply diagrams > 41V DC ...............................................................................................243

Power supply diagrams > +12VDC..............................................................................................244

Power supply diagrams > -12VDC...............................................................................................245

Power supply diagrams > +5VDC................................................................................................246

Connecting the machine terminal and the diagnostic plug ......................................................247

Emergency stop diagrams ...........................................................................................................248


• Emergency stops > CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion.................................. 249
• Emergency stops > CE machines > With jacquard .................................................................. 250
• Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion.......................... 251
• Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With jacquard .......................................................... 252

Control button diagrams ..............................................................................................................253


• Control buttons > Detections > With CE machines .................................................................. 254
• Control buttons > Detections > With non-CE machines ........................................................... 255
• Control buttons > Protection logic (second contact)................................................................. 256

Signals diagrams ..........................................................................................................................257


• Signal lights .............................................................................................................................. 257
• Warning lights........................................................................................................................... 258

EN100710N Diagrams > 203 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram ..............................................................................................................................259


• PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby .................................... 260
• PICAN diagram> with e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby ......................................... 261
• PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby, with jacquarette ......... 262
• PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and jacquard ............................................................................ 263
• PICAN diagram > without e-Leno and with jacquard................................................................ 264
• PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) ............................................................ 265
• PICAN diagram > with QSC and e-Leno .................................................................................. 266
• PICAN diagram > with QSC, e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) .................................................. 267
• PICAN diagram > Without Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881) ...................................... 268
• PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881) ........................................... 269
• PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and cam motion....................................................... 270

204 / 458 Diagrams > EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Standard diagrams

Contents • CE machines without series transformer per machine [206]


• CE machines with series transformer per machine [207]
• Non CE machines without series transformer per machine [208]
• Non CE machines with series transformer per machine [209]

EN100710N Diagrams > 205 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CE machines without series transformer per machine


ACGD

BK BK L1 : see options
BK BK L2 EPDAF

BK BK L3 IPS

1 3 5

KSFTY
L1b L2b L3b 2 4 6
BK
LR
L1a L2a L3a BK

BK
BK

BK

BK

X01

R’ S’ T’

BK

BK

BK
FL
R S T #67B-14
J1
1 3 5 13
INRUSH

L11

L12

L13
KMM

2 4 6 14
XK
J2 WH
5 1
BK

BK

BK

#KMM -> LDEC-2


#KMM -> LDEC-1

#KMM -> LDEC-3


#KMM -> LDEC-

Z-MM
YW/GR

6 4 2
XSUMO
R S T #672-Schielding
QM A1
#672-1
A1
#A1
#672-2 #A2
A2 A2
#672-3 #C1
C1 C1
#672-4 #C2
C2 C2
5 3 1 #672-5 #B1 SUMO
R-DUMP

B1 B1
#672-6 #B2
B2 B2
#672-7 #D1
D1 D1
LDEC D2
#672-8
D2
#D2
L3 L2 L1 N PE

206 / 458 Diagrams > CE machines without series transformer per machine EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CE machines with series transformer per machine


ACGD

BK BK L1 : see options
BK BK L2 EPDAF

BK BK L3 IPS

1 3 5

KSFTY
L1b L2b L3b 2 4 6
BK
LR
L1a L2a L3a BK

BK
BK

BK

BK
X01

R’ S’ T’

BK

BK

BK
FL
KMM-14

R S T #67B-14
J1
1 3 5 13
#67B-2

INRUSH

L11

L12

L13
KMM
W2
U2

V2

2 4 6 14
WH
XK 1
J2 5
DTTHTM

TM

#KMM -> LDEC-1

#KMM -> LDEC-3


#KMM -> LDEC-2
#KMM -> LDEC-

Z-MM
YW/GR
W1
U1

V1

YW/GR

6 4 2
XSUMO
R S T #672-Schielding
QM A1
#672-1
A1
#A1
#672-2 #A2
A2 A2
#672-3 #C1
C1 C1
#672-4 #C2
C2 C2
5 3 1 #672-5 #B1 SUMO
R-DUMP

B1 B1
#672-6 #B2
B2 B2
#672-7 #D1
D1 D1
LDEC D2
#672-8
D2
#D2
L3 L2 L1 N PE

EN100710N Diagrams > CE machines with series transformer per machine 207 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Non CE machines without series transformer per machine


ACGD

BK BK L1 : see options
BK BK L2 EPDAF

BK BK L3 IPS

1 3 5

KSFTY
L1b L2b L3b 2 4 6
BK
LR
L1a L2a L3a BK

BK
X01

BK

BK

BK
#67B-14
J1
1 3 5 13
INRUSH

L11

L12

L13
KMM

2 4 6 14
WH
XK
J2 5 1
BK

BK

BK

#KMM -> LDEC-1

#KMM -> LDEC-2

#KMM -> LDEC-3


#KMM -> LDEC-

Z-MM
YW/GR

6 4 2
XSUMO
R S T #672-Schielding
QM A1
#672-1
A1
#A1
#672-2 #A2
A2 A2
#672-3 #C1
C1 C1
#672-4 #C2
C2 C2
5 3 1 #672-5 #B1 SUMO
R-DUMP

B1 B1
#672-6 #B2
B2 B2
#672-7 #D1
D1 D1
LDEC D2
#672-8
D2
#D2
L3 L2 L1 N PE

208 / 458 Diagrams > Non CE machines without series transformer per machine EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Non CE machines with series transformer per machine


ACGD
: see options
BK BK L1

BK BK L2 EPDAF

BK BK L3 IPS

1 3 5

KSFTY
L1b L2b L3b 2 4 6
BK
LR
L1a L2a L3a BK

BK
BK

BK

BK

X01

BK

BK

BK
KMM-14

#67B-14
J1
1 3 5 13
#67B-2

INRUSH

L11

L12

L13
KMM
W2
U2

V2

2 4 6 14
J2 WH
XK
5
1
DTTHTM

TM

#KMM -> LDEC-1

#KMM -> LDEC-2

#KMM -> LDEC-3


#KMM -> LDEC-

Z-MM
YW/GR
W1
U1

V1

YW/GR

6 4 2
XSUMO
R S T #672-Schielding
QM A1
#672-1
A1
#A1
#672-2 #A2
A2 A2
#672-3 #C1
C1 C1
#672-4 #C2
C2 C2
5 3 1 #672-5 #B1 SUMO
R-DUMP

B1 B1
#672-6 #B2
B2 B2
#672-7 #D1
D1 D1
LDEC D2
#672-8
D2
#D2
L3 L2 L1 N PE

EN100710N Diagrams > Non CE machines with series transformer per machine 209 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Diagrams for options

Contents • Batching motion [211]


• Aspirator [212]
• Outside cam motion with leveling [213]
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > Without centre hot wire cutters [214]
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 1 centre hot wire cutter [215]
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 2 centre thermal cutters [216]
• Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 3 centre thermal cutters [217]
• Warp stop motion without drop wires (WDDL) [218]

210 / 458 Diagrams > Non CE machines with series transformer per machine EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Batching motion
*: Batching motion cable

: See Standard diagrams [205].

K-STRT-STP
• There is a three-phase supply voltage on the clamps L21; L22; L23. This voltage is

+26VDCL2
AC-GND

BM-STA
secured by the fuses F-OUT1; F-OUT2; F-OUT3.
• Three-phase voltage is present, but it is possible that the batching motion requires a

#67B-5
two-phase voltage.
1 KMM
On the weaving machine, the following control signals are present on the XK-terminal:
A2
• K-STRT-STP (48VAC): control signal for batching motion;
• BM-STA (+26VDCL2): detects the batching motion status.
#67B-12
#67B-6

X04 #67B-4
L11

L12

L13

WH

XK
1

6
BK

BK

BK

#*-328 328
BM
2 2 2
FOUT1

FOUT2

FOUT3

#*-327 327

#*-326 326 1 3 5
1 1 1
#*-325 325 PD1

2 4 6

#*-YW/GR

#* -L3 L1

#* -L2 L2

#* -L1 L3

EN100710N Diagrams > Batching motion 211 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Aspirator
1
: See Standard diagrams [205].

L11

L12

L13
XK
5

1 3 5 13

QMASP 14

2 4 6 #67B-11
BK

BK

BK
1 3 5

KMASP
X3 2 4 6

1 2 3
Z-MASP
#MASP-YW/GR

#MASP-1

#MASP-2

#MASP-3

#99-WH

#99-BR

2 3 4 1 6
U1 V1 W1

MASP 3f

DTTHMASP

212 / 458 Diagrams > Aspirator EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Outside cam motion with leveling


1
: See Standard diagrams [205].

L11

L12

L13
BK

BK

BK
#67B-13

1 3 5 13

QMLVL 14

WH
KMM-14
2 4 6
BK

BK

BK

BK
BK

BK

1 3 5 1 3 5

KMLVLOFF KMLVLON
2 4 6 2 4 6
BK
X2
BK

BK
#MLVL-YW/GR

1 2 3
#MLVL-3

#MLVL-2

#MLVL-1

Z-MLVL

U1 V1 W1

MLVL 3f

EN100710N Diagrams > Outside cam motion with leveling 213 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > Without centre hot wire cutters
1
EPDAF

MSCAN-Shield
X04

L11

L12

L13
MSCANH_2

P2-16 MSCANL_2

PLT1024H

PLT1024L
BK

PGD
L3
BK
L2

P2-25

P2-34

P2-33

P2-24
P2-7
BK
L1

N
YW/GR

eCTTH
#579-DRAINWIRE
H
#579-BK
E
: See Standard diagrams [205]. #579-YW
G
#579-GR
F
#579-BR
C
#579-WH
B

BK BK
POWER OUT
BK

BK

BK BK
POWER OUT

214 / 458 Diagrams > Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > Without centre hot wire cutters EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 1 centre hot wire cutter
1
X04

L11

L12

L13
EPDAF BK

MSCAN-Shield
L3

MSCANH_2

P2-16 MSCANL_2

PLT1024H
BK

PLT1024L
L2
BK

PGD
L1

P2-25

P2-34

P2-33

P2-24
P2-7
YW/GR

eCTTH

#579-DRAINWIRE
: See Standard diagrams [205]. H
#579-BK
E
#579-YW
G
#579-GR
F
#579-BR
C
#579-WH
B

BK BK
POWER OUT
BK BK

BK BK

BK BK
POWER OUT

EN100710N Diagrams > Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 1 centre hot wire cutter 215 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 2 centre thermal cutters


1

X04

L11

L12

L13
EPDAF BK

MSCAN-Shield
L3

MSCANH_2

P2-16 MSCANL_2

PLT1024H
BK

PLT1024L
L2
BK

PGD
L1

P2-25

P2-34

P2-33

P2-24
P2-7
YW/GR

eCTTH

: See Standard diagrams [205]. #579-DRAINWIRE


H
#579-BK
E
#579-YW
G
#579-GR
F
#579-BR
C
#579-WH
B

BK BK
POWER OUT
BK BK

BK BK

BK BK
POWER OUT
BK

BK

216 / 458 Diagrams > Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 2 centre thermal cutters EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 3 centre thermal cutters


1
X04

L11

L12

L13
EPDAF BK

MSCAN-Shield
L3

MSCANH_2

P2-16 MSCANL_2

PLT1024H
BK

PLT1024L
L2
BK

PGD
L1

P2-25

P2-34

P2-33

P2-24
P2-7
YW/GR

eCTTH

#579-DRAINWIRE
: See Standard diagrams [205]. H
#579-BK
E
#579-YW
G
#579-GR
F
#579-BR
C
#579-WH
B

BK BK
POWER OUT
BK BK

BK BK

BK BK
POWER OUT
BK

BK

EN100710N Diagrams > Hot wire cutter (eCTTH) > With 3 centre thermal cutters 217 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Warp stop motion without drop wires (WDDL)

1 3 5

KSFTY X04
2 4 6

YW/GR
BK L13

BK L12
2

FTWDDL
BK

BK

BK

B/C/D/E/F
1

H G
XK

WH
WH

WH
1

2 4 6

ZKWDDL
A1
KWDDL
A2
1 3 5
XC643
WH
XK #643-YW
4 4
WH

WH

#643-WH
1 X-WD-RHS
1 3 5 #88-VT #WDRHS-YW
K 4
#88-BL #WDRHS-WH
WH

G 1
QWDDL XQSC
XC648
#648-BR
2 4 6 4
#648-BL
1
X-WDDL
#*-BR #92-BL #WDDL-BL
w 4
M
#*-BL #92-BR #WDDL-BR
x 1
XQSC

218 / 458 Diagrams > Warp stop motion without drop wires (WDDL) EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > General

Contents • General > Power supplies – Overview [220]


• General > Power Supply Control and Powerfail [221]

EN100710N Diagrams > Warp stop motion without drop wires (WDDL) 219 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General > Power supplies – Overview


EPDAF

3 x ***Vac +290VDC +290VDC

+5,2VDC +5,2VDC

+12VDC +12VDC
SMPS
-12VDC -12VDC

COM LGD

-5VDC

DC ACGD ACGD

AC 48VAC 48VAC

+41VDC

DC +26VDC

DC -26VDC +26VDC1

IPS +26VDC2

+26VDCS

+26VDCPICAN

PGD

Power Supply Control,


Powerfail

220 / 458 Diagrams > General > Power supplies – Overview EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

General > Power Supply Control and Powerfail

ACOK ACOK #608-WH P5-14


AC control Powerfail (PWF) MCB
+290V #608-BR P5-33
3 x ***Vac
290VDC DCOK
-290V #654-BR P5-32
Current
#654-GR P5-34
A/D
sensing

DCOK
F26VDCOK

+5,2V

-5,2V
26VDC
48VAC +12V BK P15-2 -26V
PGD
600W

P8-2

P8-3
COM
EPDAF
-12V DTI26V

F26VDCOK
RD P15-1 +26V

DC DCOK

F3

F4

F5

F6
Control
-26V

+26V

48VAC

COM

+26VDC1
+26VDCPICAN
+26VDCS

+26VDC2

+26VDC
IPS

DC-OK: 12VDC = OK; 0V = ERROR


AC-OK: 12VDC = OK; 0V = ERROR

EN100710N Diagrams > General > Power Supply Control and Powerfail 221 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > +26V DC

Contents • +26VDC survey [223]


• +26VDCS [224]
• +26VDC1 [225]
• +26VDC2 [226]
• +26V DC [227]
• +26VDC on the AIB print [228]
• +26VDC on the CEB_X print [229]
• +26VDC on the CEB_Y print [230]
• +26VDC on the CEB_Z print [231]
• +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of cut reed) [232]
• +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of cut reed) [233]
• +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of continuous reed) [234]
• +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of continuous reed) [235]
• +26VDC on the EB print [236]
• +26VDC on the WEB_X print [237]
• +26VDC on the WEB_Y print [238]
• +26VDC on the WEB_Z print [239]
• +26VDCPICAN [240]

222 / 458 Diagrams > General > Power Supply Control and Powerfail EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

+26VDC survey
RD P15-1 +26VDC
+26V EPDAF
BK P15-2
-26V PGD

IPS

F3

F4

F5

F6
+26VDC1
+26VDCPICAN

+26VDCS

+26VDC2
+26VDC

F26VDCOK
#610 #575 #609 PRW #585 #566
AIB FDCB_CAN AIB controlbox #567
MCB
#563A
#613 #587
WEB_X E-Leno (RHS) WEB_X TRIAX
ES #653A
POWER ON
#614 #563B
WEB_Y WEB_Y
E-Leno (LHS) WL
#615
WEB_Z #563C WEB_Z
Jacquard/ #566 RD
#567 FAN
#627 CAN dobby
CEB_X MCB
PRW #652
#628 controlbox #611
CEB_Y BPO

#629
CEB_Z CEB_X

#630
ATB_X CEB_Y
#631
ATB_Y CEB_Z
#633
EB ATB_X

ATB_Y

EB

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDC survey 223 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
P9-3 #611-3 P15-2 BK
EB P4-4 -26V

PGD
+26DCS
L3 P4-13
P2 P2
+26VS
P4-22

224 / 458
IPS

+26VDC
+26DCS
ATB_Y P4-31
EPDAF
L3
P2 P4 F4
+26VS +26VDCS P15-1 RD
+26VDCS

+26V

#609-6
#566-9
#567-3
+26DCS
ATB_X
#64-GY/PK
L3 P7-1 PB-STOP
P2 P5
+26VS
#164-GR

BPO
P7-3 DTCVRRHS

P16-3

P3-10

P10-6
+26DCS
CEB_Z P7-9
L3
P2 P6 #710-WH / 59-WH
+26VS P7-10 PBLO / PBFA

L6
#371A-GR
P7-13 CVRLHS

+26VDCS
+26VDCS
+26DCS
CEB_Y

Diagrams > +26VDCS


L3 P7-28
P2 P7
+26VS
P7-29
L3
L9

+26VS
AIB
+26DCS
CEB_X P8-2
L3
P2 P8 #75-GY
+26VS P8-3 Jacquarette
#67-YW
P8-7 XK5
#99-BR
P8-8 DTTHMASP
#393-WH / 162-GY
P10-12 KSFTY / HS

P10-13
+26VDCL2

+26VDCL1

#392-WH
P11-1 PXREF
#320-GY
X-DGN P2-15
P11-10
#90-GR / #649-GR / 650-WH
DTWT1 P5-5 #359-WH / 647-WH/BL

Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be


P11-11 PXFASFTY
#91-GR / #651-WH
Det.

DTWT2 P5-6
P11-20
P5-7 #355A-WH
P11-21 DTLUFL
P5-8 #56-WH
P11-22 CTTHSTA
P5-27 #57A-YW PXLVLOFF +
P11-23
DTLUSHLVL
P5-28 #413A-YW
P11-24 DTPBR
#69 WH/BL
DTLUDOLVL P6-18 #175-WH
L14

P11-25 PXWP
+26VDCL2

P6-36
P11-26
P6-37
P11-27

P11-28
+26VWD

P11-29
#644-BR P12-20
.

SLWDLHS P11-30
#643-BR P12-21
SLWDRHS P11-31

P11-32
#88-GR
P12-33 LDLHS

P12-34
#88-PK
RE

P12-35 LDRHS
#55-BR
P15-23 DTLUPRESS
P10-4 #151-WH
SICK
#152-WH
P10-7 SICK
P10-9 #151-GR
SICK
MCB

#152-GR
P10-10 SICK
P10-11 #151-GY
SICK
a

EN100710N
a

+26VDC1
EPDAF
F5
RD P15-1 +26VDC1
+26V
D21 PRW
controlbox
IPS
F26VDCOK
#585-2
BK P15-2 P12-9
-26V PGD
P12-13
#587-9 P16-12 TRIAX

P19-11 #621-1
DTTHMELO1
P19-1 #621-3
BRMELO1
P19-10 #624-1 / 196-1
DTTHMELO2
P19-4 #624-3 / 196-3
BRMELO2

+26VDC1
P19-12 #193-1
DTTHMETU
P19-2 #193-3
BRMETU
P19-13 #640-WH
VSU
P19-14 #642-WH
VTIRHS / VLCASUTI

#641 MWCTRHS

ELO1 = ELORHS
ELO2 = ELOLHS or ELOFA

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDC1 225 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

+26VDC2

F6
RD P15-1 +26VDC2
+26V
EPDAF
BK P15-2
-26V PGD
D23

IPS
F26VDCOK

#567-1 #102-GY
P16-1 P1-1 X-TERM
#566-3 #320-RD
P3-3 P2-5 X-PDGN
#355A-GR
P5-9 DTTHLU

P5-10
#69-WH/GY
P6-15 DOBBY
MCB #69-GY/BR
P6-16 DOBBY
#69-WH/PK
P6-17 DOBBY
PB P6-33
#69-PK/BR
DOBBY

P6-34

P6-35
#105A-WH
P9-4 SL
#66A-WH
P9-5 SL

P9-17

P9-18
#88-GY/PK / 643-GY
P12-27 WDRHS
#88-WH/GY / 644-GY
P12-28 WDLHS

P15-7

P15-11

226 / 458 Diagrams > +26VDC2 EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

+26V DC
#610-7
P14-2 P4-7
RD P15-1 +26VDC
+26V EPDAF #610-8
P14-6 P4-8 +26VDC
BK P15-2
-26V PGD DTI26V
#610-9
L1 F1
P14-7 P4-9 +26VP
L11 F11
#610-10
IPS P14-10 P4-10 +26VM
#610-11
P14-11 P4-11
#610-12
P14-3 P4-12 AIB
+26VDC WEB_X D3
PGD
#613-4
P14-14 P5-4
F1 L1
#613-5 +26VM
P14-18 P5-5
D1
#613-6

+5VDC
P14-22 P5-6

S1
WEB_Y D3
PGD
#614-4
P14-15 P5-4
F1 L1
#614-5 +26VM
P14-19 P5-5
D1
#614-6

+5VDC
P14-23 P5-6
#627-7

#628-7

#629-7

#630-7

#631-7

#633-7
#615-4

#615-5

#615-6

#627-5

#627-6

#627-8

#628-5

#628-6

#628-8

#629-5

#629-6

#629-8

#630-5

#630-6

#630-8

#631-5

#631-6

#631-8

#633-5

#633-6

#633-8
P1-16D

P1-16D

P1-16D

P1-16D
P1-16F

P1-16F

P1-16F

P1-16F
P1-16B

P1-16B

P1-16B

P1-16B
P5-4

P5-5

P1-16Z

P1-16Z

P1-16Z

P1-16Z
P5-6

P1-4F

P1-4F
P1-4D

P1-4D
P1-4B

P1-4B
P1-4Z

P1-4Z
+5VDC
D1
F1

L1

L1

L1

L1

L1

L1
D3

+26VDC +26VDC +26VDC +26VDC +26VDC +26VDC


L1

F1

F1

F1

F4

F4

F1
PGD

+26VM +26VP +26VP +26VP +26VM +26VM +26VP


WEB_Z CEB_X CEB_Y CEB_Z ATB_X ATB_Y EB

EN100710N Diagrams > +26V DC 227 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
228 / 458
F9
#340A-WH P5-20 +26VDC
V-RN1
#610-12
F12 P4-12
#340A-GR P5-21
V-RN2
#610-11
F14 P4-11
#340A-GY P5-22

L1
V-RN3

L11
#610-10
F16 P4-10
#340A-BL P5-23
V-RN4
#610-9
F18 P4-9
#340A-BK P5-24

F1
F11
EPDAF

V-RN5
#610-8
F20 P4-8
#340A-GY/PK P5-25
V-RN6
#610-7
F22 P4-7
#340A-WH/GR P5-26

+26VP
+26VM
V-RN7

+26VDC
F24
#340A-WH/YW P5-27
V-RN8
F25
#340A-WH/GY P5-28
V-RN9
F10
#340A-WH/PK P5-29
V-RN10
+26VDC on the AIB print

F23
#340A-WH/BL P5-30
V-RN11
F21
#340A-WH/RD P5-31
V-RN12
F19
#340A-WH/BK P5-32
V-RN13
Det. +26VP
Det. +26VM

F17
#340A-GY/GR P5-33

Diagrams > +26VDC on the AIB print


V-RN14
F8
#340A-PK/GR P5-34
V-RN15
#51 M-FCT
F13
#340A-GR/BL P5-35
V-RN16
#396 M-ELSY-RHS
F10
#340A-GR/RD P5-36
V-RN17 P3-11 #396-5
PB-ELSY-RHS
F15
#36-WH P5-37
V-SN #552 M-QNOM-F-1
F3
#36-GR P6-13

Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be


V-SNEX/VCLTI(EX) #552 M-QNOM-F-2

F4 #553 M-QNOM-M-1
#552-WH P6-1
V-MN-F-1
F6 #553 M-QNOM-M-2
#552-GR P6-14
V-MN-F-2
F7
#553-WH P6-3
V-MN-M-1 #552 M-ELCA-F-1
F5
#553-GR P6-16
V-MN-M-2 #552 M-ELCA-F-2

#553 M-ELCA-M-1

#553 M-ELCA-M-2
AIB

#367A M-PFT-1

#367A M-PFT-2
.
a

EN100710N
a

+26VDC
#627-5

EN100710N
P1-16F
#627-6
P1-16D

L1
#627-7
P1-16B
EPDAF

#627-8
P1-16Z

F1
+26VP

+26VDC
F2
#554-WH P3-1
V-MN-F-3 #554 M-QNOM-F-3
F3
#554-GR P3-14
V-MN-F-4 #554 M-QNOM-F-4
F4
#555-WH P3-3
V-MN-M-3 #555 M-QNOM-M-3
F5
#555-GR P3-16
V-MN-M-4 #555 M-QNOM-M-4

#554 M-ELCA-F-3
+26VDC on the CEB_X print

#554 M-ELCA-F-4

#555 M-ELCA-M-3

#555 M-ELCA-M-4

#368A M-PFT-3

#368A M-PFT-4

#266 VPMMN

P1-22F #*-WH
V-LRA-3
P1-22B #*-GR
V-LRA-4
CEB_X
Det. +26VP
* = 34 (with 8 channels)
* = 33 (with 6 channels)
* = 32 (with 4 channels)

Diagrams > +26VDC on the CEB_X print


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
229 / 458
+26VDC
#628-5

230 / 458
P1-16F
#628-6
P1-16D

L1
#628-7
P1-16B
EPDAF

#628-8
P1-16Z

F1
+26VP

+26VDC
F2
#556-WH P3-1
V-MN-F-5 #556 M-QNOM-F-5
F3
#556-GR P3-14
V-MN-F-6 #556 M-QNOM-F-6
F4
#557-WH P3-3
V-MN-M-5 #557 M-QNOM-M-5
F5
#557-GR P3-16
V-MN-M-6 #557 M-QNOM-M-6

#556 M-ELCA-F-5
+26VDC on the CEB_Y print

#556 M-ELCA-F-6

#557 M-ELCA-M-5

#557 M-ELCA-M-6

Diagrams > +26VDC on the CEB_Y print


#369A M-PFT-5

#369A M-PFT-6

P1-22F #*-GY
V-LRA-5
P1-22B #*-BL

Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be


V-LRA-6
CEB_Y
Det. +26VP
* = 34 (with 8 channels)
* = 33 (with 6 channels)
.
a

EN100710N
a

+26VDC
#629-5
P1-16F
#629-6
P1-16D

EN100710N
L1
#629-7
P1-16B
EPDAF

#629-8
P1-16Z

F1
+26VP

+26VDC
F2
#558-WH P3-1
V-MN-F-7 #558 M-QNOM-F-7
F3
#558-GR P3-14
V-MN-F-8 #558 M-QNOM-F-8
F4
#559-WH P3-3
V-MN-M-7 #557 M-QNOM-M-7
F5
#559-GR P3-16
V-MN-M-8 #557 M-QNOM-M-8

#558 M-ELCA-F-7

#558 M-ELCA-F-8
+26VDC on the CEB_Z print

#557 M-ELCA-M-7

#557 M-ELCA-M-8

#370A M-PFT-7

#370A M-PFT-8

P1-22F #34-BK
V-LRA-7
P1-22B #34-GY/PK
V-LRA-8
CEB_Z
Det. +26VP

Diagrams > +26VDC on the CEB_Z print


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
231 / 458
+26VDC
#630-RD
P1-4F

232 / 458
L1
#630-RD
P1-4D
#630-RD
P1-4B

+26VDC
EPDAF

#630-RD
P1-4Z

F4
26VM
#172 ATICTRHS

+26VDC
#180 ATICTLHS

DET26VM

ATB_X P1-20Z #179-WH


ATIVINMID1
P1-20D #179-GR
ATIVHOLDMID1

P1-24Z #171-WH
ATIVINRHS
P1-24D #171-GR
ATIVHOLDRHS

P1-28Z #170-WH
ATIVINLHS
P1-28D #170-GR
ATIVHOLDLHS

Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be


Diagrams > +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of cut reed)
+26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of cut reed)
.
a

EN100710N
a

+26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of cut reed)

ATIVHOLDMID2
ATICTMID2

ATIVINMID2
EPDAF

#181-WH

#181-GR
#631-RD

#631-RD

#631-RD
#631-RD

#182
P1-4D

P1-24Z

P1-24D
P1-4B
P1-4F

P1-4Z
+26VDC

L1 F4
26VM
DET26VM

+26VDC

+26VDC

ATB_Y

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of cut reed) 233 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
+26VDC
#630-RD

234 / 458
P1-4F

L1
#630-RD
P1-4D
#630-RD
P1-4B

+26VDC
EPDAF

#630-RD
P1-4Z

F4
26VM
#172 ATICTRHS

+26VDC
#180 ATICTLHS

DET26VM

ATB_X P1-18D #602-BK


ATIVUP2MID1
P1-18Z #602-BL
ATIVLOW2MID1
P1-20D #602-GR
ATIVLOW1MID1
P1-20Z #602-WH
ATIVUP1MID1
P1-26D #602-GY
ATIVCTMID1

P1-22Z #600-WH
ATIVPBLRHS
P1-24D #601-GR
ATIVLOWRHS

Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be


P1-24Z #601-WH
ATIVUPRHS
P1-26Z #601-GY
ATIVCTRHS

Diagrams > +26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of continuous reed)
+26VDC on the ATB_X print (in case of continuous reed)
.
a

EN100710N
a

+26VDC
#631-RD
P1-4F

EN100710N
L1
#631-RD
P1-4D
#631-RD
P1-4B

+26VDC
EPDAF

#631-RD
26VM
F4 P1-4Z

+26VDC
#182 ATICTMID2
DET26VM

ATB_Y

P1-24Z #603-WH
ATIVUP1MID2
P1-24D #603-GR
ATIVLOW1MID2
P1-26Z #603-GY
ATIVCTMID2
P1-22Z #603-BL
ATIVLOW2MID2
P1-22D #603-BK
ATIVUP2MID2

P1-20Z #604-WH
ATIVUP1MID3
P1-20D #604-GR
ATIVLOW1MID3
P1-26D #604-GY
ATIVCTMID3
P1-18Z #604-BL
ATIVLOW2MID3
P1-18D #604-BK
ATIVUP2MID3
+26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of continuous reed)

Diagrams > +26VDC on the ATB_Y print (in case of continuous reed)
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
235 / 458
+26VDC
#633-5
P1-16F

236 / 458
#633-6
P1-16D

EB
L1
#633-7
P1-16B
EPDAF

#633-8
P1-16Z

F1
+26VP

+26VDC
#274-WH P3-5
VCLMPMN1
#274-GR P3-6
VCLMPMN2
#274-GY P3-18
VCLMPMN3
#274-BL P3-19 P1-2F #376-WH
VCLMPMN4 V-CATCH
+26VDC on the EB print

#274-BK P3-9 P1-2B #376-GR


VCLMPMN5 V-STRETCH
#274-GY/PK P3-10
VCLMPMN6

Diagrams > +26VDC on the EB print


Det. +26VP

Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be


.
a

EN100710N
a

26VDC
#630-RD
P5-4

EN100710N
#630-RD

F1
P5-5
#630-RD
EPDAF

P5-6

D3
L1
26VM

#395 ELSYLHS
P3-6 #395-6
DET26VM
PB-ELSY-LHS

#72A MFBRCT1
+26VDC
DET26VM

F2
P4-14 #341A-WH
VRN18
+26VDC on the WEB_X print

F3
P4-15 #341A-GR
VRN19
F4
P4-16 #341A-GY
VRN20
F5
WEB_X

P4-17 #341A-BL
VRN21
F6
P4-18 #341A-BK
VRN22
F7
P4-19 #341A-GY/PK
VRN23
F8
P4-20 #341AWH/GR
VRN24
F9
P4-21 #341-WH/YW
VRN25

Diagrams > +26VDC on the WEB_X print


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
237 / 458
a

+26VDC on the WEB_Y print

PBELSYMID1
ELSYMID1

MFBRCT2
EPDAF

VRN28
VRN26

VRN27
#341A-WH/GY

#341A-WH/PK

#341A-WH/BL
#631-RD

#631-RD
#631-RD

#397-6

#73A
#397

P4-15
P3-6
P5-6

P4-14

P4-16
P5-4

P5-5

F2

F3

F4
F1 L1
26VM
DET26VM

D3
26VDC
DET26VM
+26VDC

WEB_Y

238 / 458 Diagrams > +26VDC on the WEB_Y print EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

+26VDC on the WEB_Z print

PBELSYMID2
ELSYMID2

MFBRCT3
EPDAF

#615-RD

#615-RD
#615-RD

#398-6

#74A
#398
P3-6
P5-6
P5-4

P5-5

F1 L1
26VM
DET26VM

D3
26VDC
DET26VM

WEB_Z

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDC on the WEB_Z print 239 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

+26VDCPICAN
F3
RD P15-1 +26V +26VDCPICAN
+26V
BK P15-2
-26V PGD
D17

+26VDCPICAN
IPS F26VDCOK

EPDAF

P2-19

P2-27
#575-RD
#652-RD

CAN (RHS)
Controlbox
PRW

240 / 458 Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > 290V

#597-1
+290V P16-1
#597-2
+290V P16-2 D32
#597-3
-290V P16-3

IPS -290V
#597-4
P16-4
PGD

EPDAF

P12-3

P12-4

P13-3

P13-4
P13-2
P12-2
#585-1

#586-1

#586-2
IRO CONTROL BOX TRIAX

P15-1

P15-2

P15-3
XC585-1
D5
PGD
P22-2

R-DUMP
P22-1
PGD

ETU

ELO1

ELO2

ELO1 = ELORHS
ELO2 = ELOLHS or ELOFA

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN 241 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > 48V AC


ACGD
#573-5 P1-9 ACGD ES**
11 22
IPS
#573-4 P1-8 48 VAC D3
48 VAC
P4-11 #571- WH
26 VDC2
D36 12 21

48VAC
P1-3 #572-4

ACGD
RE1 P11-4 #581A-4
F1
+26VDC1

BM F2
P4-10 # 571-YW POWER ON
+41VDC
14 13

P4-12

P4-21

P4-34
P1-6

P1-5

#108-BR

#108-BL
EPDAF
#*-32 6

#*-325

#572-1

#566-1
#567-6

#572-2

#567-7
#67A-WH P5-5 KSFTY
DTREKMM
4 1 XK 13 14
WH P5-6
REKMM

#570-BR

#570-BL
XC67 JACQUARD
#67B-1 DDMP
1
#67B-6 #67A-PK P15-1
6

P3-1
P15-4

P15-18

P15-9
P15-22
RESTRSTP

KMM 26 VESDC
DT48VAC ACGD
A2

A1

DTESAC
WH P15-16
DTREMCP
WH

ZMM
#67B-5 #67A- GY P15-17
5 Drive Disable
KSFTY system
REMCP
A2

A1

#67B-3 #67A-GR P15-14


3
WH

#67A-VT P15-13
DTREKSFTY
KMASP
A2

A1

#67B-10 #67A-RD P15-19


10 MCB
WH

#67A-BK P15-21
KMLVLON
A2

A1

#67B-8
8 REKSFTY
REKMLVLOFF REKMLVLON REKMASP
WH
WH

DTPWRON
ZLVLON
KMLVLOFF
A2

A1

#67B-9
9
* = batching motion cable
ZLVLOFF
** = see emergency stops diagram

242 / 458 Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > 41V DC


#573-5 P1-9 ACGD
ACGD ACGD
IPS
#573-4 P1-8 48VAC D3
48VAC 48VAC

D36

+26VDC1
F1 EPDAF
F2
+41VDC

P14-3

P4-30

P4-3
#610-12

#567-4

#611-1
P2 EB

P4-12

P16-4

P9-1
DT+41VDC
P2-16B P1-1B P2-16B P1-1B P2-16B P1-1B P2-16B
P2 ATB_Y
P2-16C P1-1C P2-16C P1-1C P2-16C P1-1C P2-16C P2 ATB_X
WEB_Z WEB_Y WEB_X AIB MCB BPO P2 CEB_Z
P2 CEB_Y
P2 CEB_X

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN 243 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > +12VDC


#573-2 P1-4
COM LGD
#573-3
COM P1-7
#573-1 P1-1 +12VDC
+12VDC
IPS

L13 L1 EPDAF
+12VDCS

+12VD
-12V
PB

P13-24

P10-10
P12-24
P4-24

P4-15
DDMP

P4-6
P2
+12VDC

#611-4
#566-7

#609-3

#587-2

#625-8
P6-7
MCB

L6
P18 D39

P12-8
LGD P6-10 P9-2

RT7 L13 L1
P3-8
L2
L6
P3-7
P16-2
+12VS TRIAX

VR1 +5L
WEB_Z WEB_Y WEB_X AIB P2 EB

P10-3

P9-5
+12L
L5 D51
+12BR
P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1
P2 P2 ATB_X
P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
L2

L2

L2

L5
P2 ATB_Y

P2 CEB_Z

P8-14
P4-5

P4-5

P4-5
+12VL

+12VL

+12VL

+12VL

BPO P2 CEB_Y
#46-WH/ 47-WH
#48-WH

P2 CEB_X
BOCH

BOCH

244 / 458 Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > -12VDC


#573-2 P1-4
COM LGD
#573-3
COM P1-7
#573-6 P1-10 -12VDC
-12VDC
IPS

EPDAF

P12-22

P13-22
P4-33

P9-24

P4-25

P4-25

P10-7
I-control
PB +12
-12

#625-7
#611-2
#566-5

#587-6
P6-9
L4
P6-12 -12V
-12

L3
P16-7 -12V
-12VS

MCB P2 EB TRIAX
P3-5

P9-2
L5
-12VD
P2 ATB_X
L2
-12VDC
P2 ATB_Y

P2 CEB_Z

BPO P2 CEB_Y

P2 CEB_X

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN 245 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Power supply diagrams > +5VDC


L5

P2
BK P5-2
+5 -5,2V LGD
L3 +5V EB
L2
+5VP
+5
+5VDC WEB_Z RD P5-1 L3
+5,2V P2
+5VL
L5 IPS
P2

ATB_Y

+5V
+5
L3 +5V EPDAF L2
+5VP +5
+5VDC WEB_Y +5 P2
L4
+5VL

P12-16

P13-20
P4-16
L5

P4-17

P13-12
P2

P4-26

P4-35
ATB_X

P12-1

P13-6

P4-8

P4-7

BPO
+5
L2
L3 +5V
+5
+5VP
L4
+5VDC WEB_X P2
P1

#568-4

#587-1
#566-4

#611-6
+5VL

#566-2

#587-5
#611-5
#568-1 P9-7

P9-8 CEB_Z
L2
+5
L4
P2
+5VL

CEB_Y
+5VDC L2

P16-1
P10-1
P2

P2

P3-2

P3-4

P6-6
LGD DGD +5

P16-6

P16-5
P10-4

+5 LGD DGD
L4
P2
L8 +5VL
L4

CEB_X

L1
L4

L7

L2
+5
L4

+5 RESET RESET RESET


L4
SYSTEM D86 SYSTEM SYSTEM D95 P2
D9 +5VL
L12

CLK CLK CLK


+5VL WDRF WDRF WDRF
D117 D50
+5L D10
L4 CAN
CAN
DATA-IN
AIB OPTCANO
D126 D3
DATA-IN
D99
+5COM +5
OPTCANI DATA-OUT DATA-IN
D127 D4 D97
P18 P2
+5 P1 P22 P22
P3 CAN-OUT
DGD D98
+5
P22
MCB DTDDMP P3 DDMP TRIAX

246 / 458 Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Connecting the machine terminal and the diagnostic plug


X-COMP X-TERM
#102-WH
5 4 RX+
#102-BR
4 5 RX-
#102-GR
2 12 TX+
#102-YW
1 13 TX-

V-COMP
P2-1 #60-BL
11 TERM
P2-2 #60-BR
SELVEDGE 6 10 DGD
P2-3 #60-YW
WARPSTOP 8 15 TX-RS232
P2-9 #60-RD
SPARE 12 8 RX-RS232
P2-10 #60-GR
PULSE / REV 7
P2-11 #60-GY
START / STOP 9
P2-12 #60-PK
FILLINGSTOP 10
P1-6 #60-WH
LGD 3
+26VDC2 P1-1 #120-GY
1 +26VDC2
PGD P1-3 #102-PK
2 PGD
P1-21 #101-WH
RTX-HS+ 6 RTX-HS+
P1-20 #101-BL
RTX-HS- 7 RTX-HS-
P3-3
PGDN
PE
P3-6 PGD P1-9 #320-BK
F
#102-BL
P1-10
P3-9 RTX-CAN2 + Z
P3-11 P1-5 #102-RD
LGD RTX-CAN2 - T
P3-12 P23-7 #102-BK
PT1024-H1 U
P3-10 P23-6 #320-YW/GR
PT1024-L1 J
P23-5 #320-VT
FTEN P
+26VDC2 P2-5 #320-RD
D
LGD P2-4 #320-PK
K
L3

STR-12V P2-6 #320-YW


C The plug X-TERM can be connected to both the ID3 terminal
P2-7 #320-WH
STR-UP A and the KBD terminal.
P2-8 #320-BL
TST-V-RSP N
STR-TRG P2-13 #320-GR
E
P2-14 #320-BR
STR-DOWN B
MCB P2-15 #320-GY
R

EN100710N Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN 247 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Emergency stop diagrams

Contents • Emergency stops > CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion [249]
• Emergency stops > CE machines > With jacquard [250]
• Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion [251]
• Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With jacquard [252]

248 / 458 Diagrams > +26VDCPICAN EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Emergency stops > CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion
ES-RRHS ES-RHS ES-RHS ES-RRHS
#ESRRHS-3 #-ES-RRHS-GR #**-YW #**-BR #-ES-RRHS-WH #ESRRHS-1
3 4 2 1
22 21 22 21 12 11 12 11

#ESRRHS-4 #**-GR #**-WH #ESRRHS-2


4 3 1 2
ES-CB ES-CB

#ES-RRHS-YW

#ES-RRHS-BR
#ES-SPLIT-BR

#ES-SPLIT-WH
ES-LHS (AC) RD (DC) ES-LHS #* = 338B/339B (LHS)
22 21 21 22 11 12 11 12 #** = 338B/339B (RHS)

#*-YW

#*-WH
#*-GR

#*-BR
4 3 4 3 1 2 1 2 WH

#571-WH

#571-GR
#571-BR
#653A-4

#653A-3

#605A-4

#605A-3

#605A-1

#605A-2

#653A-1

#653A-2
P4-1

P6-1

P11-1
P4-11
P11-4

P11-3

P6-2

P1-3
P6-4

P6-3

P4-2

P11-2

P1-2
48VAC
POWER ON

26VDC2
RE1 #571-YW 14 13
EPDAF

#108-BL
#108-BR
26VESDC
P4-10

P4-34
KSFTY
DTREKMM
13 14

#570-BR

#570-BL
#566-1
REKMM
P5-5

P5-6

DDMP
#67A-WH

P3-1

P15-22

P15-9
WH P15-16
DTREMCP
Drive Disable
DTREKSFTY system
KMM
REMCP DTESAC
#67A-GR P15-14
KSFTY
#67A-VT P15-13
KMASP
#67A-RD P15-19
KMLVLON
REKSFTY
#67A-BK P15-21
KMLVLOFF
DTPWRON

REKMLVLOFF REKMLVLON REKMASP


MCB

EN100710N Diagrams > Emergency stops > CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion 249 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Emergency stops > CE machines > With jacquard


ES-RRHS ES-RHS ES-RHS ES-RRHS
#ESRRHS-3 #-ES-RRHS-GR #**-YW #**-BR #-ES-RRHS-WH #ESRRHS-1
3 4 2 1
22 21 22 21 12 11 12 11

#ESRRHS-4 #**-GR #**-WH #ESRRHS-2


4 3 1 2
ES-CB ES-CB

#ES-RRHS-YW

#ES-RRHS-BR
#ES-SPLIT-BR

#ES-SPLIT-WH
ES-LHS (AC) RD (DC) ES-LHS #* = 338B/339B (LHS)
JACQUARD
22 21 21 22 11 12 11 12 #** = 338B/339B (RHS)
ES

#*-YW

#*-WH
#*-GR

#*-BR
4 3 4 3 1 2 1 2 C E

#571-WH

#571-GR
#571-BR
#653A-4

#653A-3

#605A-4

#605A-3

#605A-1

#605A-2

#653A-1

#653A-2

#572-3

#572-4
P4-1

P6-1

P11-1
P4-11
P11-4

P11-3

P6-2

P1-3
P6-4

P6-3

P4-2

P11-2

P1-2
48VAC
POWER ON

26VDC2
RE1 #571-YW 14 13
EPDAF

#108-BL
#108-BR
26VESDC
P4-10

P4-34
KSFTY
DTREKMM
13 14

#570-BR

#570-BL
#566-1
REKMM
P5-5

P5-6

DDMP
#67A-WH

P3-1

P15-22

P15-9
WH P15-16
DTREMCP
Drive Disable
DTREKSFTY system
KMM
REMCP DTESAC
#67A-GR P15-14
KSFTY
#67A-VT P15-13
KMASP
#67A-RD P15-19
KMLVLON
REKSFTY
#67A-BK P15-21
KMLVLOFF
DTPWRON

REKMLVLOFF REKMLVLON REKMASP


MCB

250 / 458 Diagrams > Emergency stops > CE machines > With jacquard EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion
ES-CB ES-CB ES-LHS
ES-LHS (AC) RD (DC)
22 21 21 22 11 12 11 12

#*-YW

#*-WH
#*-GR

#*-BR
#* = 338B/339B (LHS)
4 3 WH WH 1 2 WH

#571-WH

#571-GR
#571-BR
#653A-4

#653A-3

#653A-1

#653A-2
P4-1

P6-1

P11-1
P4-11
P11-4

P11-3

P6-2

P1-3
P6-4

P6-3

P4-2

P11-2

P1-2
48VAC

26VDC2
POWER ON
RE1
#571-YW 14 13

#108-BL
#108-BR
26VESDC
EPDAF P4-10

P4-34
KSFTY
DTREKMM
13 14

#570-BR

#570-BL
#566-1
REKMM
P5-5

P5-6

DDMP
#67A-WH

P3-1

P15-22

P15-9
WH P15-16
DTREMCP
Drive Disable
DTREKSFTY system
KMM
REMCP DTESAC
#67A-GR P15-14
KSFTY
#67A-VT P15-13
KMASP
#67A-RD P15-19
KMLVLON
REKSFTY
#67A-BK P15-21
KMLVLOFF
DTPWRON

REKMLVLOFF REKMLVLON REKMASP


MCB

EN100710N Diagrams > Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With dobby or outside cam motion 251 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With jacquard


ES-CB ES-CB ES-LHS
ES-LHS (AC) RD (DC) JACQUARD
22 21 21 22 11 12 11 12
ES

#*-YW

#*-WH
#*-GR

#*-BR
#* = 338B/339B (LHS)
4 3 WH WH 1 2 C E

#571-WH

#571-GR
#571-BR
#653A-4

#653A-3

#653A-1

#653A-2

#572-3

#572-4
P4-1

P6-1

P11-1
P4-11
P11-4

P11-3

P6-2

P1-3
P6-4

P6-3

P4-2

P11-2

P1-2
48VAC

26VDC2
POWER ON
RE1
#571-YW 14 13

#108-BL
#108-BR
26VESDC
EPDAF P4-10

P4-34
KSFTY
DTREKMM
13 14

#570-BR

#570-BL
#566-1
REKMM
P5-5

P5-6

DDMP
#67A-WH

P3-1

P15-22

P15-9
WH P15-16
DTREMCP
Drive Disable
DTREKSFTY system
KMM
REMCP DTESAC
#67A-GR P15-14
KSFTY
#67A-VT P15-13
KMASP
#67A-RD P15-19
KMLVLON
REKSFTY
#67A-BK P15-21
KMLVLOFF
DTPWRON

REKMLVLOFF REKMLVLON REKMASP


MCB

252 / 458 Diagrams > Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With jacquard EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Control button diagrams

Contents • Control buttons > Detections > With CE machines [254]


• Control buttons > Detections > With non-CE machines [255]
• Control buttons > Protection logic (second contact) [256]

EN100710N Diagrams > Emergency stops > Non-CE machines > With jacquard 253 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Control buttons > Detections > With CE machines


PB-STP PB-STP PB-STP
+26VDCL2 P7-1 #64A-GY/PK #65B-GY/PK GY/PK GY/PK
11 11 11 11 11 11 11
#64A-RD/BL #65B-RD/BL RD/BL RD/BL
P7-17 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
WH
L9 P7-16
P7-27
PBST

+26VDCS P7-26
CVR-LHS
#371A-WH
P7-8 A
+26VDCL2 P7-13 #371A-GR
C
P7-36 #371A-BR
B
P7-22 #371A-YW
KAP1 D
CVR-RHS
#164A-WH
P7-3 A
P7-18 #164A-GR
MCB C PBLHS PBMID PBRHS
P7-7 #164A-YW
KAP2 D
P7-23 #164A-BR
KAP B
P7-4

P7-5 #64A-WH #65B-WH WH WH


1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P7-11 #64A-BR BR BR
PBSTRT 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
#65B-BR
P7-30 PB-STRT PB-STRT PB-STRT
D2
P7-25

P7-6
#64A-GY #65B-GY GY GY
P7-24 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
P7-31 #64A-BK #65B-BK BK BK
PBPFR 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
P7-14 #64A-RD #65B-RD RD RD
PBPFF 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
P7-33 #64A-BL #65B-BL BL BL
PBSMF 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
P7-35 #64A-PK #65B-PK PK PK
PBSMR 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

P7-34
PB-SMR

PB-SMR

PB-SMR
PB-SMF

PB-SMF

PB-SMF
PB-PFR

PB-PFR

PB-PFR
PB-PFF

PB-PFF

PB-PFF
P7-12

P7-32

P7-15
PB-LOF
PBLOF
P7-20 #710-BR
The "PB-FAF" and "PB-FAR" push-buttons are present only on
P7-2 #710-GR
PBLOR
P7-21 #710-YW
PB-LOR
machines equipped with a fancy beam.
PBPTHR
PB-PTHR
P7-37 #711-BR
PBFAF
P7-19 #711-WH

+26VDCL2
PBFAR
P7-10 #710-WH
PB-FAF
The push buttons "PB-MID” are only available on machines as from
P7-9
PB-FAR type T280.
P7-29
Control box
P7-28

254 / 458 Diagrams > Control buttons > Detections > With CE machines EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Control buttons > Detections > With non-CE machines


PB-STP PB-STP PB-STP
+26VDCL2 P7-1 #64A-GY/PK #65B-GY/PK GY/PK GY/PK
11 11 11 11 11 11 11
#64A-RD/BL #65B-RD/BL RD/BL RD/BL
P7-17 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
WH
L9 P7-16
P7-27
PBST

+26VDCS P7-26
WH
P7-8
+26VDCL2 P7-13 WH

P7-36

P7-22
KAP1
WH
P7-3
P7-18
MCB PBLHS PBMID PBRHS
P7-7
KAP2
P7-23
KAP
P7-4

P7-5 #64A-WH #65B-WH WH WH


1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P7-11 #64A-BR BR BR
PBSTRT 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
#65B-BR
P7-30 PB-STRT PB-STRT PB-STRT
D2
P7-25

P7-6
#64A-GY #65B-GY GY GY
P7-24 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
P7-31 #64A-BK #65B-BK BK BK
PBPFR 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
P7-14 #64A-RD #65B-RD RD RD
PBPFF 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
P7-33 #64A-BL #65B-BL BL BL
PBSMF 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
P7-35 #64A-PK #65B-PK PK PK
PBSMR 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

P7-34

PB-SMR

PB-SMR

PB-SMR
PB-SMF

PB-SMF

PB-SMF
PB-PFR

PB-PFR

PB-PFR
PB-PFF

PB-PFF

PB-PFF
P7-12

P7-32

P7-15

PBLOF
P7-20 #710-BR
PB-LOF
The "PB-FAF" and "PB-FAR" push-buttons are present only on
PBLOR
P7-2

P7-21
#710-GR

#710-YW
PB-LOR
machines equipped with a fancy beam.
PBPTHR
PB-PTHR
P7-37 #711-BR
PBFAF

+26VDCL2
PBFAR
P7-19

P7-10
#711-WH

#710-WH
PB-FAF
The push buttons "PB-MID” are only available on machines as from
P7-9
PB-FAR type T280.
P7-29
Control box
P7-28

EN100710N Diagrams > Control buttons > Detections > With non-CE machines 255 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Control buttons > Protection logic (second contact)


MCB PB-STRT2 PB-STRT2 PB-STRT2
DTPBSTRT2
DTES2 GR GR
3 3 3 3 3 3

PB-SMR2

PB-SMR2

PB-SMR2
PB-SMF2

PB-SMF2

PB-SMF2
PB-PFR2

PB-PFR2
PB-PFF2

PB-PFF2

PB-PFF2
XC65

PB-PFR2
DTPBSMPF2
P10-8 #65A-GR #65B-GR
3
P10-16 #65A-VT #65B-VT VT VT
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
P10-17 #65A-YW #65B-YW YW YW
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
PBRHS PBMID PBLHS
P10-5
P10-6 #654-7
P8-8
ES *
Drive Disable P3-1 #566-1 P4-11 #571-WH
P8-15 +26VDC2
System
P4-34 ESDC P11-4 #581A-4
REMC

DT48VAC P15-4 #567-6 P4-12 P4-10


PWR ON *
P1-3 #572-4
REES1 IPS
KMM P1-8 #573-4 48VAC

P8-14 #583-BR
PGD

#67B-5

#67B-1
* LGD
P8-13
DDMP
EPDAF P5-3
REMCP
REMC

XC67 5 1
P15-17 #67A-GY #67A-WH P5-5
ACGD
P15-16 WH P5-6 REKMM

#583-WH P5-2

#583-GR P5-4

* = see Emergency stop diagrams [248]

256 / 458 Diagrams > Control buttons > Protection logic (second contact) EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Signals diagrams

Contents • Signal lights [257]


• Warning lights [258]
Signal lights

XC105
SLWH P9-25 #105A-BR
1
#105B-BR WH SLRHS
SLRD P9-24 #105A-GR #105B-GR RD
2
SLOR P9-23 #105A-YW #105B-YW OR
3
SLGR P9-22 #105A-GY #105B-GY GR
LGD 4
P9-4 #105A-WH #105B-WH
+26VDC2 5
P9-10 #66-GY WH SLCB
P9-11 #66-YW RD
MCB P9-12 #66-GR OR

P9-13 #66-BR GR

P9-5 #66-WH

The "SLRHS" signal light is only available on machines equipped with


jacquard.

EN100710N Diagrams > Signal lights 257 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Warning lights
RD P15-1
+26V
BK P15-2
Power EPDAF
-26V PGD Control

PGD
IPS

F6
D23
+26 VDC2

WL

P11-5
P11-6
P6-6

P8-6
P6-5
#605A-5

#605A-6

#653A-6

#653A-5

#654-6
MCB
P9-6
PGD

5 6 6 5

#338/339-BL
#338/339-BL
#338/339-BR

1 2 2#338/339-BR 1

WL- RHS WL- LHS


The “WL-RHS” warning light is only available on CE machines.

258 / 458 Diagrams > Warning lights EN100710N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram

Contents • PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby [260]
• PICAN diagram> with e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby [261]
• PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and jacquard [263]
• PICAN diagram > without e-Leno and with jacquard [264]
• PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) [265]
• PICAN diagram > with QSC and e-Leno [266]
• PICAN diagram > with QSC, e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) [267]

EN100710N Diagrams > Warning lights 259 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby


MCB
P8

PT1024
P11

CAN
P23 P1

#577 #576

#749 #748

eCTTH
IRO
Controlbox P2 P1

#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican- FDCB
CAN
PT1024

120O
EPDAF

CAN
PT1024
B- C = 60O
G- F = 60O

Staubli JC6N
.

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the PICAN-FDCB.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the PICAN-FDCB.

260 / 458 Diagrams > PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram> with e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby

MCB
E-Leno E-Leno

PT1024
120O

CAN
LHS RHS

CAN
PT1024
#563B
P23 P1

#577 #576

eCTTH
IRO
P2
Controlbox
#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF #563A

B-C = 60O
G-F = 60O

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the LHS e-Leno.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the LHS e-Leno.

EN100710N Diagrams > PICAN diagram> with e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby 261 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby, with
jacquarette
MCB
P8

PT1024
P11

CAN
P23 P1

#577 #576

#749 #748

eCTTH
IRO
Controlbox P2 P1

#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican- FDCB
CAN
PT1024

120O
EPDAF

CAN
PT1024
B- C = 60O
G- F = 60O

Staubli JC6N

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the LHS e-Leno.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the LHS e-Leno.

262 / 458 Diagrams > PICAN diagram> without e-Leno and without jacquard or CAN dobby, with jacquarette EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and jacquard


120O

jacquard

CAN
#563C
MCB
E-Leno E-Leno

PT1024

CAN
LHS RHS
#563B
P23 P1

#577 #576

eCTTH
IRO
Controlbox P2

#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF #563A

B-C = 60O
G-F = 120O

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the jacquard controller.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox.

EN100710N Diagrams > PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and jacquard 263 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > without e-Leno and with jacquard

120O

jacquard

CAN
MCB

PT1024

CAN
P23 P1

#577 #576

eCTTH
IRO
Controlbox P2

#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF #563A

B-C = 60O
G-F = 120O

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the jacquard controller.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox.

264 / 458 Diagrams > PICAN diagram > without e-Leno and with jacquard EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881)


120O CAN dobby
2881

CAN
MCB
E-Leno E-Leno

PT1024

CAN
LHS RHS
#563C #563B
P23 P1

#577 #576

eCTTH
IRO
P2
Controlbox
#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF #563A

B-C = 60O
G-F = 120O

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the CAN dobby.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox.

EN100710N Diagrams > PICAN diagram > with e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) 265 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > with QSC and e-Leno


MCB
E-Leno E-Leno

PT1024
120O

CAN
LHS RHS

CAN
PT1024
#564C
P23 P1

#577 #576
#564B

eCTTH
IRO
P2 QSC
Controlbox
#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF #564A

B-C = 60O
G-F = 60O

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the LHS e-Leno.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the termination plug on the LHS e-Leno.

266 / 458 Diagrams > PICAN diagram > with QSC and e-Leno EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > with QSC, e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881)

120O CAN dobby


2881

CAN
MCB
E-Leno E-Leno

PT1024

CAN
LHS RHS
#564E #564D #564C
P23 P1
QSC
#577 #576
#564B

eCTTH
IRO
P2 QSC
Controlbox
#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF #564A

B-C = 60O
G-F = 120O

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the CAN dobby.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox.

EN100710N Diagrams > PICAN diagram > with QSC, e-Leno and CAN dobby (2881) 267 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > Without Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881)
120O CAN dobby
2881

CAN
MCB

PT1024

CAN
P23 P1 CJB
#577 #576

eCTTH
IRO
Controlbox P2

#652 P2 P2 #579 #574B

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF #664

B-C = 60O
G-F = 60O
.

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


Remove the CAN-dobby termination.
• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the CJB.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox.

268 / 458 Diagrams > PICAN diagram > Without Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881) EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881)
120O CAN dobby Klocker Klocker
2881

CAN
Propeller Propeller

MCB

PT1024

CAN
P23 P1 CJB #574B
#577 #576

eCTTH
IRO
P2 #664
Controlbox
#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
CAN Pican-FDCB
PT1024 EPDAF
B-C = 60O
G-F = 60O
.

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the Klocker Propeller.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox.

EN100710N Diagrams > PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and CAN dobby (2881) 269 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and cam motion


MCB
Klocker Klocker

PT1024
Propeller Propeller

CAN
P23 P1

#577 #576

eCTTH
IRO
P2
Controlbox
#652 P2 P2 #579

120O #585 P2 #575


P12
Pican-FDCB
CAN
PT1024

EPDAF
B-C = 60O
G-F = 60O
.

The PICAN bus is ended with a termination.


• The CAN bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox and in the Klocker Propeller.
• The PT1024 bus is terminated in the IRO controlbox.

270 / 458 Diagrams > PICAN diagram > With Klocker propeller and cam motion EN100710N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Cabling
Based on This part is based upon I7980-76 (cable list).
Contents This section contains the following subjects:

Internal connections.....................................................................................................................277

Cables without number ................................................................................................................278

• Cables without number > part 1......................................................................................................... 278


• Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest ................................................................... 290

Cables sorted according to number ...........................................................................................295

• #36: Stretch and extraction stretch nozzle......................................................................................... 295


• #51: Filling cutter motor ..................................................................................................................... 295
• #55: Oil pressure detection ................................................................................................................ 296
• #55: Oil pressure detection ................................................................................................................ 296
• #57A: Detection leveling outside cam motion .................................................................................... 296
• #57A: Detection leveling outside cam motion .................................................................................... 296
• #57B: Detection leveling outside cam motion .................................................................................... 296
• #59: Let-off motion (incl. FANCY) and pull through push-buttons on control box.............................. 297
• #59: Let-off motion (incl. FANCY) and pull through push-buttons on control box.............................. 297
• #60: Parallel communication.............................................................................................................. 297
• #64A: LHS push buttons .................................................................................................................... 297
• #64B: LHS push buttons .................................................................................................................... 298
• #66: Signal light on the control box.................................................................................................... 298
• #67A: High voltage in control box ...................................................................................................... 299
• #67B: High voltage in control box ...................................................................................................... 299
• #69: Dobby 2861-16K or 2871-16K ................................................................................................... 300

EN120111N Cabling 271 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #72A: Fabric cutter 1..........................................................................................................................301


• #72B: Fabric cutter 1..........................................................................................................................301
• #73A: Fabric cutter 2..........................................................................................................................302
• #73B: Fabric cutter 2..........................................................................................................................302
• #74A: Fabric cutter 3..........................................................................................................................302
• #74B: Fabric cutter 3..........................................................................................................................303
• #75: Jacquarette ................................................................................................................................303
• #76: Valve for the loom apron ............................................................................................................303
• #101: Keyboard and display............................................................................................................... 304
• #102: Keyboard and display............................................................................................................... 304
• #105A: Signal light on the machine....................................................................................................305
• #105B: Signal light on the machine....................................................................................................305
• #108: Power On push button on control box......................................................................................305
• #151: Safety light grid transmitter - TYPE "SICK"..............................................................................306
• #152: Safety light grid receiver- TYPE "SICK" ...................................................................................306
• #162: “SENSOPART” light beam amplifier inside the control box .....................................................307
• #164: RHS protective guard on the machine .....................................................................................307
• #170: LHS air tucker valves ............................................................................................................... 307
• #171: RHS airtucker valves................................................................................................................308
• #172: RHS air tucker cutter................................................................................................................308
• #174: Proximity switch in pickfinding position ....................................................................................308
• #175: Proximity switch in weaving position ........................................................................................308
• #179: Center air tucker valves 1 ........................................................................................................309
• #180: Center air tucker cutter 1..........................................................................................................309
• #181: Center air tucker valves 2 ........................................................................................................309
• #182: Center air tucker cutter 2..........................................................................................................310
• #191 #192 #193: ETU motor..............................................................................................................310
• #194 #195 #196: ELO2 motor............................................................................................................313
• #266: Valve for positioning the movable main nozzles ......................................................................315
• #274: Clamp on the main nozzle (up to 6 channels)..........................................................................315

272 / 458 Cabling EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #320: Diagnostic plug on the control box........................................................................................... 316


• #338B/339B: Emergency stop and warning light RHS on OMP800 .................................................. 316
• #338B/339B: Emergency stop and warning light LHS on OMP800................................................... 317
• #340A: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800.......................................................................... 317
• #340B: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800.......................................................................... 319
• #341A: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800 .......................................................................... 320
• #341B: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800 .......................................................................... 321
• #356: PICAN filling detector box filling detector signals on OMP800 ................................................ 322
• #356: PICAN filling detector box filling detector signals on OMP800 ................................................ 322
• #359: Back rest QSC safety switch fancy beam on OMP800............................................................ 322
• #367A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 1&2 on OMP800............................................... 322
• #367B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 1&2 on OMP800............................................... 323
• #368A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 3&4 on OMP800............................................... 323
• #368B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 3&4 on OMP800............................................... 324
• #369A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 5&6 on OMP800............................................... 324
• #369B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 5&6 on OMP800............................................... 325
• #370A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 7&8 on OMP800............................................... 325
• #370B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 7&8 on OMP800............................................... 326
• #371A: Protective cover LHS on the machine on OMP800 ............................................................... 326
• #372: Resolver on OMP800............................................................................................................... 327
• #376: Catcher stretcher on OMP800 ................................................................................................. 327
• #392: Reference proximity switch ...................................................................................................... 327
• #393: Power supply (26VDCL ) for safety light grid ........................................................................... 328
• #395: ELSY LHS................................................................................................................................ 328
• #396: ELSY RHS ............................................................................................................................... 329
• #397: Center ELSY 1 ......................................................................................................................... 329
• #398: Center ELSY 2 ......................................................................................................................... 330
• #413A: Parking brake ........................................................................................................................ 330
• #413B: Parking brake ........................................................................................................................ 331
• #429: DD to the LDEC print ............................................................................................................... 331

EN120111N Cabling 273 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #552: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 1 & 2 ..............................................331
• #553: Movable nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 1 & 2 ..................................................332
• #554: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4 ..........................................333
• #555: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4......................................334
• #556: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6 ..........................................335
• #557: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6......................................336
• #558: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8 ..........................................337
• #559: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8......................................338
• #563A: PICAN of the filling detector box (FDCB) to the e-Leno RHS................................................ 339
• #563B: PICAN from e-Leno RHS to e-Leno LHS...............................................................................339
• #563C: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to jacquard or CAN dobby............................................................. 340
• #564A: PICAN of the filling detector box (FDCB) to the e-Leno QSC connector...............................340
• #564B: PICAN from e-Leno QSC to e-Leno RHS..............................................................................341
• #564C: PICAN from e-Leno RHS to e-Leno LHS (QSC version).......................................................341
• #564D: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to QSC connector (48P.)...............................................................342
• #564E: PICAN from QSC connector (48P.) to CAN dobby................................................................342
• #566: Power supply for the MCB print inside the control box ............................................................343
• #567: Power supply for the MCB print inside the control box ............................................................343
• #570: ESAC and POWER ON signal on the control box ...................................................................344
• #571: Emergency stop and POWER ON push button .......................................................................344
• #572: Emergency stop for jacquard ...................................................................................................344
• #573: Power supply (12VDC, 48VAC) for the EPDAF print in the control box...................................345
• #575: PICAN communication RHS ....................................................................................................345
• #576: PICAN communication Medium Speed for the EPDAF print....................................................346
• #577: Pulse train and eventline for the EPDAF print..........................................................................346
• #579: Thermal cutter module communication ....................................................................................346
• #583: Connection between the EPDAF and the DDMP in the control box ........................................ 347
• #585: 290V and 26V power supplies for (PICAN) prewinders ...........................................................347
• #586: 290V power supply for the TRIAX print inside the control box.................................................347
• #587: 5V, 12V and 26V power supply for the TRIAX print inside the control box ..............................348

274 / 458 Cabling EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #597: 290V power supply for the EPDAF print inside the control box ............................................... 348
• #601: RHS airtucker valves ............................................................................................................... 349
• #602: Center air tucker valves 1 ........................................................................................................ 349
• #603: Center air tucker valves 2 ........................................................................................................ 350
• #604: Center air tucker valves 3 ........................................................................................................ 350
• #605A: Emergency stop and warning light ........................................................................................ 351
• #608: IPS Detection ........................................................................................................................... 351
• #609: Power supply (5V, 12V and 26V) for the AIB print in the control box ...................................... 352
• #610: Power supply (26V, 41V) for the AIB print in the control box................................................... 352
• #611: Power supply for the BPO print inside the control box............................................................. 353
• #613: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-X print inside the control box ......................................... 353
• #614: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-Y print inside the control box ......................................... 354
• #615: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-Z print inside the control box.......................................... 354
• #619 #620 #621: Let-off ELO1........................................................................................................... 355
• #622 #623 #624: Let-off ELOFA in case of NQSC ............................................................................ 357
• #627: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-X print inside the control box .......................................... 358
• #628: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Y print inside the control box .......................................... 359
• #629: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Z print inside the control box .......................................... 360
• #630: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-X print inside the control box........................................... 361
• #631: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-Y print inside the control box........................................... 362
• #633: Power supply (26VDC) for the EB print inside the control box ................................................ 363
• #640: Valve for the suction nozzle ..................................................................................................... 363
• #641: Waste cutter RHS .................................................................................................................... 364
• #642: Valve for clamp on RHS tucking-in .......................................................................................... 364
• #643: Warp stop motion detection RHS (NQSC)............................................................................... 364
• #644: Warp stop motion detection LHS (NQSC) ............................................................................... 365
• #645: Waste yarns detection RHS (NQSC) ....................................................................................... 365
• #646: Waste yarns detection LHS (NQSC)........................................................................................ 365
• #647: Safety switch fancy beam (NQSC) .......................................................................................... 365
• #648: Back rest, motor warp stop motion without drop wires (NQSC)............................................... 366

EN120111N Cabling 275 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

• #649: Loadcell 1 (TSF) (NQSC).........................................................................................................366


• #652: IRO prewinder cable with PICAN communication....................................................................366
• #653A: ESLHS ...................................................................................................................................367
• #654: Connection between the EPDAF and the MCB print in the control box ...................................367
• #664: PICAN from the filling detector box (FDCB) to the CAN dobby ...............................................368
• #665: CAN communication between the MCB and the TRIAX in the control box..............................368
• #672: LDEC---> SUMO ......................................................................................................................369
• #677: Integrated air flow meter ..........................................................................................................369
• #691: Detection thermal lubrication....................................................................................................370
• #692: Detection Lubrication Filter ......................................................................................................370
• #694: Valve pick finding .....................................................................................................................370
• #695: Valve clamp tucking in LHS .....................................................................................................370
• #696A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 1&2 (VLRA 1&2C) ...........................................................371
• #697A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 3&4 (VLRA 3&4C) ...........................................................371
• #698A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 5&6 (VLRA 5&6C) ...........................................................372
• #699A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 7&8 (VLRA 7&8C) ...........................................................372
• #706: Detetor Warp Tension (DTWT1) ..............................................................................................374
• #707: Detetor Warp Tension (DTWT2) ..............................................................................................374
• #710: Let-off motion and pull through push-buttons on control box ...................................................374
• #710: Let-off motion and pull through push-buttons on control box ...................................................374
• #711: Push-buttons fancy beam (PBFA)............................................................................................375
• #714: Cordless valve clamp (CRDL V_CLMP) .................................................................................. 375
• #714: Cordless valve clamp (CRDL V_CLMP) .................................................................................. 375
• #717: PICAN LHS ..............................................................................................................................375
• #718: PICAN Prewinder .....................................................................................................................376
• #730: CJB to jacquarette....................................................................................................................376

276 / 458 Cabling EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Internal connections

Wire From Point To Point Signal Comment


WH MCB07 08 MCB07 36 CVR1 & 2 in case of guards 2
WH MCB07 08 MCB07 23 CVR1 & 2 without guards 2
WH MCB07 13 MCB07 22 CVR1
WH MCB07 03 MCB07 07 CVR2 without guards 2
WH MCB15 16 DDMP05 06 KMM
WH CEB-Y 32F CEB-Y 32D CEBID identification CEB-Y print
WH CEB-Z 32B CEB-Z 32Z CEBID identification CEB-Z print
WH MCB10 01 MCB10 04 HS without hand protection
WH MCB10 02 MCB10 07 HS without hand protection
WH EPDAF01 02 EPDAF01 03 ESJ non-jacquard
WH ATB-Y 32F ATB-Y 32D ATBID identification ATB-Y print
WH EB 32F EB 32D EBID identification EB print
WH EB 32B EB 32Z EBID identification EB print
WH MCB07 16 MCB07 27 STOP2
WH EPDAF06 01 EPDAF06 02 ES1 non-CE
WH EPDAF06 03 EPDAF06 04 ES2 non-CE

EN120111N Cabling 277 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Cables without number

Contents • Cables without number > part 1 [278]


• Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest [290]
• Cables sorted according to number [295]
Cables without number > part 1
Wires thermal elements
.

BK

BK
BK
BK

BK
BK

278 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > part 1 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wires center thermal elements


.

BK
BK
BK

BK

BK
BK

BK
BK

BK
BK
Wires center thermal elements
.

BK
BK
BK

BK
BK
BK

BK
BK

BK
BK
BK

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > part 1 279 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wires center thermal elements


.

BK
BK
BK

BK

BK
BK

BK
BK

BK
BK
BK BK

BK BK

HSOTX

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH HS 11 Emitter LHS A
BR HS 12 Emitter LHS B
HSORX
Wire From Point To Point Signal
BR HS 31 Receiver RHS C
WH HS 32 Receiver RHS D

280 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > part 1 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

ES-split

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC605A 1 XCES-WL 1
BR XC605A 2 XCES 2
BR XC605A 3 XCES-WL 3
YW XC605A 4 XCES 4
GR XC605A 5 XCES-WL 5
YW XC605A 6 XCES-WL 5
WH XCESWLRHS 2 XCES 1
GR XCESWLRHS 4 XCES 3

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > part 1 281 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Intermediate cable push buttons


.

*: LHS or MID
Wire From Point To Point Signal
WH PB-* 1 PB-** 1
BR PB-* 2 PB-** 2
GR PB-* 3 PB-** 3
YW PB-* 4 PB-** 4
GY PB-* 5 PB-** 5
PK PB-* 6 PB-** 6
BL PB-* 7 PB-** 7
RD PB-* 8 PB-** 8
BK PB-* 9 PB-** 9
VT PB-* 10 PB-** 10
GY/PK PB-* 11 PB-** 11
RD/BL PB-* 12 PB-** 12
**: MID or RHS

282 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > part 1 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

KMM ---> LDEC


.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 KMM 2 LDEC R
2 KMM 4 LDEC S
3 KMM 6 LDEC T
YW/GR X1 LDEC

MLVL

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 KMLVLOFF 6 MLVL W
2 KMLVLOFF 4 MLVL V
3 KMLVLOFF 2 MLVL U
YW/GR X2 MLVL PE

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > part 1 283 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

MASP

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 KMASP 2 X-C-MASP 2
2 KMASP 4 X-C-MASP 3
3 KMASP 6 X-C-MASP 4
YW/GR X3 X-C-MASP PE
99-WH MCB08 9 X-C-MASP 1
99-BR MCB 8 X-C-MASP 6
MPFT

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR P0* 1 M-PFT* 1
WH P0* 2 M-PFT* 2
BL P0* 3 M-PFT* 3
BK P0* 4 M-PFT* 4
* 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7 or 8
WD ACTEX

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH WDRHS 4 WD WD

284 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > part 1 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR WDRHS 3 WD LGD
WDDL

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BL X-QSC W X-WDDL 4 110VAC
X-NQSC 35
BR X-QSC X X-WDDlL 1 110VAC
X-NQSC 36
WDDL

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BL X-WDDL 4 M-WDDL 3 110VAC
BR X-WDDlL 1 M-WDDL 1 110VAC
WDDL detection

Wire From Point To Point Signal


RD X-WDRHS 4 WD
VT X-WDRHS 1 WD

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > part 1 285 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Cable distribution block

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH * * 1
BR * * 2
* is used in cable #32B; #33B; #34B; #360B, #361B
Cable DTPBR

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BL X-DT-PBR 1 DT-PBR
BR X-DT-PBR 2 DT-PBR

286 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > part 1 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Optical cable DDMP->LDEC

Optical cable MCB->TRIAX

DTTHTM

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BL #67 2 TM T1
BR KMM 14 TM T2
Interface short circuit connector

Wire From Point To Point Signal


RD C E
RD G L

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > part 1 287 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

ATV valves

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-C-170 1 ATV-IN 1 +26V DC
BR X-C-171 2 ATV-IN 2 PGD (POTENTIAL
X-C-179 GROUND)
WH X-C-181 3 ATV-HOLD 1 +26V DC
BR 4 ATV-HOLD 2 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
Cable for el. flow meter IFM

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR X-DGN R 1 26VDCL1
WH X-DGN P 2 I SPAN
BL X-DGN K 3 LGD
BK X-DGN 4

Intermediate cable ELSY OMP on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


01 XC* A ELSY A

288 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > part 1 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


02 XC* B ELSY B
03 XC* C ELSY C
04 XC* D ELSY D
05 XC* F ELSY F
06 XC* H ELSY H
DRAINWIRE XC* G ELSY G
* XC395 in case of a LHS ELSY,
XC396 in case of a RHS ELSY,
XC397 in case of a center ELSY1,
XC389 in case of a center ELSY2.
This cable is only used as intermediate cable if the ELSY devices of an OMNIplus should be
used on an OMNI plus800 machine.
Intermediate cable for cable #376 PCD to cable #714 Cordless valve clamp

A B
Wire From Point To Point
WH A 1 B 1
BR A 2 B 2

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > part 1 289 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest


DTWT 1 ( TSF ) QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC Z X-DTWT1 3 DT-WT-1
BR X-QSC c X-DTWT1 1 LGD
GR X-QSC b X-DTWT1 5 +26VDCL1
YW X-QSC d X-DTWT1 2 DT-WT-CAL-1
DRAINWIRE X-QSC e X-DTWT1 4 LGD
DTWT 1 ( TSW ) QSC double beam

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC b X-DTWT1 1 +26VDCL1
BR X-QSC Z X-DTWT1 2 DT-WT-1
GR X-QSC c X-DTWT1 3 LGD
YW X-QSC d X-DTWT1 4 DT-WT-CAL-1
DRAINWIRE X-QSC e X-DTWT1 5 LGD

290 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

DTWT 1 ( TSW ) QSC single beam

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC b X-DTWT1 1 +26VDCL1
BR X-QSC Z X-DTWT1 2 DT-WT-1
GR X-QSC c X-DTWT1 3 LGD
YW X-QSC d X-DTWT1 4 DT-WT-CAL-1
DRAINWIRE X-QSC e X-DTWT1 5 LGD
DTWT 2 QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC h X-DTWT2 1 +26VDCL1
BR X-QSC f X-DTWT2 2 DT-WT-2
GR X-QSC i X-DTWT2 3 LGD
YW X-QSC j X-DTWT2 4 DT-WT-CAL-2
DRAINWIRE X-QSC k X-DTWT2 5 LGD
LDRHS QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC F X-LDRHS 1 +26VDCL2
BR X-QSC D X-LDRHS 2 LD-RHS
GR X-QSC E X-LDRHS 3 LGD

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest 291 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDLHS QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC C X-LDLHS 1 +26VDCL2
BR X-QSC A X-LDLHS 2 LD-LHS
GR X-QSC B X-LDLHS 3 LGD
WDRHS QSC

If a warp stop motion is added or modified, care must be taken to connect the cables and wiring
correctly.
See also: +26VDC on the WEB_X print [237]
Wire From Point To Point Signal
WH X-QSC G X-WDRHS 1 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
BR X-QSC H X-WDRHS 2 LED1
GR X-QSC J X-WDRHS 3 LGD
YW X-QSC K X-WDRHS 4 WD-RHS
GY X-QSC L X-WDRHS 5 +26VDC2

292 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

WDLHS QSC

If a warp stop motion is added or modified, care must be taken to connect the cables and
wiring correctly.
See also: +26VDC on the WEB_X print [237]
Wire From Point To Point Signal
WH X-QSC N X-WDLHS 1 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
BR X-QSC P X-WDLHS 2 LED2
GR X-QSC R X-WDLHS 3 LGD
YW X-QSC S X-WDLHS 4 WD-LHS
GY X-QSC T X-WDLHS 5 +26VDC2
PXERL QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC m PX-ERL 1 +26VDCL2
BR X-QSC n PX-ERL 2 PX-ERL

EN120111N Cabling Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest 293 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

PXFASFTY QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC u PX-FA-SFTY 1 +26VDCL2
BR X-QSC v PX-FA-SFTY 2 PX-FA-SFTY

WYDLHS QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC V WYD-LHS 1 LGD
BR X-QSC W WYD-LHS 2 WYD-LHS

WYDRHS QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH X-QSC X WYD-RHS 1 LGD
BR X-QSC Y WYD-RHS 2 WYD-RHS

WDDL QSC

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR X-QSC x WDDL 1 110VAC
BL X-QSC w WDDL 4 110VAC

294 / 458 Cabling Cables without number > Cables on the QSC back rest EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Cables sorted according to number

#36: Stretch and extraction stretch nozzle

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH AIB05 37 XCVSN 1 VSN+
BR AIB05 18 XCVSN 2 VSN-
GR AIB06 13 XCVSNEX 1 VSNEX+/VCLTI(EX)+
YW AIB05 19 XCVSNEX 2 VSNEX-/VCLTI(EX)-
#51: Filling cutter motor

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 AIB03 1 XC51 1 MFICTA+
2 AIB03 2 XC51 2 MFICTA-
3 AIB03 3 XC51 3 MFICTA+
4 AIB03 4 XC51 4 MFICTB-
DRAINWIRE

EN120111N Cabling #36: Stretch and extraction stretch nozzle 295 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#55: Oil pressure detection

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR MCB15 23 +26VDCL2
BL MCB15 12 DTLUPRESS
#57A: Detection leveling outside cam motion
MCB print [155] #57B: Detection leveling outside cam
motion [296]

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB11 9 XC57A 1 PXLVLOFF
BR MCB11 18 XC57A 2 LGD
GR MCB05 4 XC57A 3 DTLUSHLVL
YW MCB11 23 XC57A 4 +26VDCL2
#57B: Detection leveling outside cam motion

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC57A 1 PXLVLOFF 51 PXLVLOFF
BR XC57A 2 PXLVLOFF 54 LGD
GR XC57A 3 DTLUSHLVL DTLUSHLVL
YW XC57A 4 DTLUSHLVL 53 +26VDCL2
PXLVLOFF 53 +26VDCL2

296 / 458 Cabling #55: Oil pressure detection EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#59: Let-off motion (incl. FANCY) and pull through push-buttons on control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB07 10 PBPTHR 14 +26VDCL2
BR MCB07 20 PBLOF 24 PBLOF
GR MCB07 2 PBLOR 13 PBLOR
YW MCB07 21 PBPTHR 13 PBPTHR
GY MCB07 19 PBFAR 13 PBFAR
PK MCB07 37 PBFAF 24 PBFAF
#60: Parallel communication

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB01 6 XCOMP 3 LGD
BR MCB02 2 XCOMP 6 SELVEDGE
GR MCB02 10 XCOMP 7 PULSE/REV
YW MCB02 3 XCOMP 8 WARPSTOP
GY MCB02 11 XCOMP 9 START/STOP
PK MCB02 12 XCOMP 10 FILLINGST.
BL MCB02 1 XCOMP 11 VCOMP
RD MCB02 9 XCOMP 12 SPARE
#64A: LHS push buttons

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB07 5 XC64 1 PBSTRTSUPLHS
BR MCB07 11 XC64 2 PBSTRTLHS

EN120111N Cabling #59: Let-off motion (incl. FANCY) and pull through push-buttons on control box 297 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


GR MCB10 5 XC64 3 PBSTRT2SUP
YW MCB10 18 XC64 4 PBSTRT2
GY MCB07 24 XC64 5 PBSMPFSUPLHS
PK MCB07 35 XC64 6 PBSMRLHS
BL MCB07 33 XC64 7 PBSMFLHS
RD MCB07 14 XC64 8 PBPFFLHS
BK MCB07 31 XC64 9 PBPFRLHS
VT MCB10 3 XC64 10 PBSMPF2
GY/PK MCB07 1 XC64 11 +26VDCL2
RD/BL MCB07 17 XC64 12 STOPCOMM
#64B: LHS push buttons

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC64 1 PB-LHS 1 PBSTRTSUPLHS
BR XC64 2 PB-LHS 2 PBSTRTLHS
GR XC64 3 PB-LHS 3 PBSTRT2SUP
YW XC64 4 PB-LHS 4 PBSTRT2
GY XC64 5 PB-LHS 5 PBSMPFSUPLHS
PK XC64 6 PB-LHS 6 PBSMRLHS
BL XC64 7 PB-LHS 7 PBSMFLHS
RD XC64 8 PB-LHS 8 PBPFFLHS
BK XC64 9 PB-LHS 9 PBPFRLHS
VT XC64 10 PB-LHS 10 PBSMPF2
GY/PK XC64 11 PB-LHS 11 +26VDCL2
RD/BL XC64 12 PB-LHS 12 STOPCOMM
#66: Signal light on the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB09 5 XSL 1 26VDC2

298 / 458 Cabling #64B: LHS push buttons EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR MCB09 13 XSL 2 SLGR
GR MCB09 12 XSL 3 SLOR
YW MCB09 11 XSL 4 SLRD
GY MCB09 10 XSL 5 SLWH
#67A: High voltage in control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH DDMP05 5 XC67 1 KMM
BR MCB08 14 XC67 2 DTTHTM
GR MCB15 14 XC67 3 KSFTY
YW MCB08 7 XC67 4 +26VDCL2
GY MCB15 17 XC67 5 ACGND
PK MCB15 1 XC67 6 KSTRTSTP
BL MCB08 6 XC67 7 DTQMLU
RD MCB15 19 XC67 8 KMLVLON
BK MCB15 21 XC67 9 KMLVLOFF
VT MCB15 13 XC67 10 KMASP
GY/PK MCB08 15 XC67 11 DTQMASP
RD/BL MCB11 6 XC67 12 BMSTA
WH/GR MCB08 13 XC67 13 DTQMLVL
BR/GR MCB08 12 XC67 14 DTKMM
#67B: High voltage in control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 XC67 1 KMM A1 KMM

EN120111N Cabling #67A: High voltage in control box 299 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


2 XC67 2 #DTTHTM BL DTTHTM
3 XC67 3 KSFTY A1 KSFTY
4 XC67 4 XK 5 +26VDCL2
5 XC67 5 KMM A2 ACGND
6 XC67 6 XK 1 KSTRTSTP
7 XC67 7 DTQMLU
8 XC67 8 KMLVLON A1 KMLVLON
9 XC67 9 KMLVLOFF A1 KMLVLOFF
10 XC67 10 KMASP A1 KMASP
11 XC67 11 QMASP 14 DTQMASP
12 XC67 12 XK 6 BMSTA
13 XC67 13 QMLVL 13 DTQMLVL
14 XC67 14 KMM 13 DTKMM
#69: Dobby 2861-16K or 2871-16K

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB06 32 XC69 16 EM1DO
BR MCB06 13 XC69 15 EM2DO
GR MCB06 31 XC69 14 EM3DO
YW MCB06 12 XC69 13 EM4DO
GY MCB06 30 XC69 12 EM5DO
PK MCB06 11 XC69 11 EM6DO
BL MCB06 29 XC69 10 EM7DO
RD MCB06 10 XC69 9 EM8DO
BK MCB06 28 XC69 8 EM9DO
VT MCB06 9 XC69 7 EM10DO
GY/PK MCB06 26 XC69 6 EM11DO
RD/BL MCB06 7 XC69 5 EM12DO
WH/GR MCB06 25 XC69 4 EM13DO

300 / 458 Cabling #69: Dobby 2861-16K or 2871-16K EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR/GR MCB06 6 XC69 3 EM14DO
WH/YW MCB06 24 XC69 2 EM15DO
YW/BR MCB06 5 XC69 1 EM16DO
WH/GY MCB06 15 XC69 29 +26VDC2
GY/BR MCB06 16 XC69 30 +26VDC2
WH/PK MCB06 17 XC69 31 +26VDC2
PK/BR MCB06 33 XC69 32 +26VDC2
WH/BL MCB06 18 XC69 +26VDCL1
BR/BL MCB06 14 XC69 DTLUSHLVL
#72A: Fabric cutter 1

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH WEB-X04 22 XC72 1 FBRCT1A+
BR WEB-X04 25 XC72 2 FBRCT1A-
GR WEB-X04 23 XC72 3 FBRCT1B+
YW WEB-X04 24 XC72 4 FBRCT1B-
#72B: Fabric cutter 1

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC72 1 FBRCT1 1 FBRCT1A+
BR XC72 2 FBRCT1 2 FBRCT1A-
GR XC72 3 FBRCT1 3 FBRCT1B+
YW XC72 4 FBRCT1 4 FBRCT1B-

EN120111N Cabling #72A: Fabric cutter 1 301 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#73A: Fabric cutter 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH WEB-Y04 22 XC73 1 FBRCT2A+
BR WEB-Y04 25 XC73 2 FBRCT2A-
GR WEB-Y04 23 XC73 3 FBRCT2B+
YW WEB-Y04 24 XC73 4 FBRCT2B-
#73B: Fabric cutter 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC73 1 FBRCT2 1 FBRCT2A+
BR XC73 2 FBRCT2 2 FBRCT2A-
GR XC73 3 FBRCT2 3 FBRCT2B+
YW XC73 4 FBRCT2 4 FBRCT2B-
#74A: Fabric cutter 3

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH WEB-Z04 22 XC74 1 FBRCT3A+
BR WEB-Z04 25 XC74 2 FBRCT3A-
GR WEB-Z04 23 XC74 3 FBRCT3B+
YW WEB-Z04 24 XC74 4 FBRCT3B-

302 / 458 Cabling #73A: Fabric cutter 2 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#74B: Fabric cutter 3

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC74 1 FBRCT3 1 FBRCT3A+
BR XC74 2 FBRCT3 2 FBRCT3A-
GR XC74 3 FBRCT3 3 FBRCT3B+
YW XC74 4 FBRCT3 4 FBRCT3B-
#75: Jacquarette

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB08 10 XC75 1 LGD
BR MCB10 25 XC75 2 JQSTRTSTP
GR MCB10 24 XC75 3 JQSMF
YW MCB10 23 XC75 4 JQSMR
GY MCB08 3 XC75 5 +26VDCL2
PK MCB11 2 XC75 6 JQSTA
BL MCB08 5 XC75 7 JQZONE1
RD MCB08 4 XC75 8 JQZONE2
#76: Valve for the loom apron

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB09 2 XC76 1 VRES2
BR MCB09 21 XC76 2 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

EN120111N Cabling #74B: Fabric cutter 3 303 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#101: Keyboard and display

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB01 21 X-TERM 6 RTXHS+
BL MCB01 20 X-TERM 7 RTXHS-
#102: Keyboard and display

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XCOMP 5 XTERM 4 RX+
BR XCOMP 4 XTERM 5 RX-
GR XCOMP 2 XTERM 12 TX+
YW XCOMP 1 XTERM 13 TX-
GY MCB01 1 XTERM 1 26VDC2
PK MCB01 3 XTERM 2 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
BL PDGN Z XTERM 10 DGD
RD PDGN T XTERM 15 TXRS232
BK PDGN U XTERM 8 RXRS232
DRAINWIRE XTERM PE

304 / 458 Cabling #101: Keyboard and display EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#105A: Signal light on the machine

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB09 4 XC105 1 +26VDC2
BR MCB09 25 XC105 2 SLGR
GR MCB09 24 XC105 3 SLOR
YW MCB09 23 XC105 4 SLRD
GY MCB09 22 XC105 5 SLWH
#105B: Signal light on the machine

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC105 1 SL SUP +26V DC
BR XC105 2 SL GR SLGR
GR XC105 3 SL OR SLOR
YW XC105 4 SL RD SLRD
GY XC105 5 SL WH SLWH
#108: Power On push button on control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR KSFTY 13 BPWRON 14 PWRON
BL KSFTY 14 BPWRON 13

EN120111N Cabling #105A: Signal light on the machine 305 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#151: Safety light grid transmitter - TYPE "SICK"

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB10 4 XC151 1 CODE 1
BR XC393 1 XC151 2 +26VDCL
GR MCB10 9 XC151 3 CODE 2
YW MCB10 19 XC151 4 PE
GY MCB10 11 XC151 5 TEST
PK XC151 6
BL MCB10 14 XC151 7 0V
RD MCB10 21 XC151 8
#152: Safety light grid receiver- TYPE "SICK"
Brown wire

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB10 7 XC152 1 CODE 1
BR XC393 1 XC152 2 +26VDCL
GR MCB10 10 XC152 3 CODE 2
YW MCB10 20 XC152 4 PE
GY MCB10 1 XC152 5 OSSD output
PK MCB10 2 XC152 6 ERROR SIGNAL
BL MCB10 15 XC152 7 0V
RD MCB10 22 XC152 8

306 / 458 Cabling #151: Safety light grid transmitter - TYPE "SICK" EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#162: “SENSOPART” light beam amplifier inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


GY MCB-10 12 HS 21 26VDCL2
PK MCB-10 14 HS 22 LGD
RD MCB-10 04 HS 42 ES
BR MCB-10 01 HS 43 HSLS1
BL MCB-10 07 HS 44 PBSTRT2
GR MCB-10 02 HS 45 FBHSSTRT1
YW MCB-10 11 HS 23 HSST
WH MCB-10 15 HS 24 LGD
#164: RHS protective guard on the machine

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB07 18 XC164A A PBSTP
BR MCB07 23 XC164A B PBSTP
GR MCB07 3 XC164A C +26VDCL2
YW MCB07 7 XC164A D DTCVRRHS
#170: LHS air tucker valves

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-X01 28Z XC170 1 ATIVIN+LHS
BR ATB-X01 28B XC170 2 ATIVIN-LHS
GR ATB-X01 28D XC170 3 ATIVHOLD+LHS
YW ATB-X01 28F XC170 4 ATIVHOLD-LHS

EN120111N Cabling #162: “SENSOPART” light beam amplifier inside the control box 307 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#171: RHS airtucker valves

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-X01 24Z XC171 1 ATIVIN+RHS
BR ATB-X01 24B XC171 2 ATIVIN-RHS
GR ATB-X01 24D XC171 3 ATIVHOLD+RHS
YW ATB-X01 24F XC171 4 ATIVHOLD-RHS
#172: RHS air tucker cutter

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 ATB-X01 06F XC172 1 ATIMCTA+RHS
2 ATB-X01 06D XC172 2 ATIMCTA-RHS
3 ATB-X01 06B XC172 3 ATIMCTB+RHS
4 ATB-X01 06Z XC172 4 ATIMCTB-RHS
SCREENING BRAID
#174: Proximity switch in pickfinding position

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB11 8 XC174 1 PXPFP
BR MCB11 19 XC174 2 LGD
#175: Proximity switch in weaving position

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB11 25 XC175 1 +26VDCL2
BR MCB11 5 XC175 2 PXWP

308 / 458 Cabling #171: RHS airtucker valves EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#179: Center air tucker valves 1

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-X01 20Z XC179 1 ATIVIN+MID1
BR ATB-X01 20B XC179 2 ATIVIN-MID1
GR ATB-X01 20D XC179 3 ATIVHOLD+MID1
YW ATB-X01 20F XC179 4 ATIVHOLD-MID1
#180: Center air tucker cutter 1

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 ATB-X01 08F XC180 1 ATIMCTA+MID1
2 ATB-X01 08D XC180 2 ATIMCTA-MID1
3 ATB-X01 08B XC180 3 ATIMCTB+MID1
4 ATB-X01 08Z XC180 4 ATIMCTB-MID1
SCREENING BRAID
#181: Center air tucker valves 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-Y01 24Z XC181 1 ATIVIN+MID2
BR ATB-Y01 24B XC181 2 ATIVIN-MID2
GR ATB-Y01 24D XC181 3 ATIVHOLD+MID2
YW ATB-Y01 24F XC181 4 ATIVHOLD-MID2

EN120111N Cabling #179: Center air tucker valves 1 309 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#182: Center air tucker cutter 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 ATB-Y01 06F XC182 1 ATIMCTA+MID2
2 ATB-Y01 06D XC182 2 ATIMCTA-MID2
3 ATB-Y01 06B XC182 3 ATIMCTB+MID2
4 ATB-Y01 06Z XC182 4 ATIMCTB-MID2
SCREENING BRAID
#191 #192 #193: ETU motor

#191: Take-up motor power (ETU)


Wire From Point To Point Signal
1 TRIAX09 01 XCETU 01 TUPHA1
2 TRIAX09 02 XCETU 02 TUPHA2
3 TRIAX11 01 XCETU 03 TUPHB1
4 TRIAX11 02 XCETU 04 TUPHB2

310 / 458 Cabling #182: Center air tucker cutter 2 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


5 TRIAX10 01 XCETU 05 TUPHC1
6 TRIAX10 02 XCETU 06 TUPHC2
7 TRIAX12 01 XCETU 07 TUPHD1
8 TRIAX12 02 XCETU 08 TUPHD2

EN120111N Cabling #191 #192 #193: ETU motor 311 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#192: Take-up motor resolver (ETU)


Wire From Point To Point Signal
WH TRIAX17 23 XCETU 15 RSREF
BR TRIAX17 11 XCETU 16 RSGND
GR TRIAX17 25 XCETU 20 RSSINSGN
YW TRIAX17 13 XCETU 19 RSSGNGND
RY TRIAX17 24 XCETU 23 RSCOSSGN
PK TRIAX17 12 XCETU 24 RSSGNGND
DRAINWIRE TRIAX17 10 XCETU RSGND
#193: Take-up motor brake and bimetal (ETU)
Wire From Point To Point Signal
1 TRIAX19 12 XCETU 09 +BIMTU
2 TRIAX19 06 XCETU 13 -BIMTU
3 TRIAX19 02 XCETU 17 BRETU+
4 TRIAX19 05 XCETU 21 BRETU-

312 / 458 Cabling #191 #192 #193: ETU motor EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#194 #195 #196: ELO2 motor

#194: Let-off motion motor 2 power (ELO2)


Wire From Point To Point Signal
1 TRIAX05 01 XCELO2 01 A1
2 TRIAX05 02 XCELO2 02 A2
3 TRIAX07 01 XCELO2 03 B1
4 TRIAX07 02 XCELO2 04 B2
5 TRIAX06 01 XCELO2 05 C1
6 TRIAX06 02 XCELO2 06 C2
7 TRIAX08 01 XCELO2 07 D1
8 TRIAX08 02 XCELO2 08 D2

EN120111N Cabling #194 #195 #196: ELO2 motor 313 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#195: Let-off motion motor 2 resolver (ELO2)


Wire From Point To Point Signal
WH TRIAX17 19 XCELO2 15 RSREF
BR TRIAX17 07 XCELO2 16 RSGND
GR TRIAX17 21 XCELO2 20 RSSINSGN
YW TRIAX17 09 XCELO2 19 RSSGNGND
GY TRIAX17 20 XCELO2 23 RSCOSSGN
PK TRIAX17 08 XCELO2 24 RSSGNGND
DRAINWIRE TRIAX17 06 RSGND
#196: Let-off motion 2 brake and bimetal (ELO2)
Wire From Point To Point Signal
1 TRIAX19 10 XCELO2 09 +BIMERL
2 TRIAX19 03 XCELO2 13 -BIMERL
3 TRIAX19 04 XCELO2 17 BRERL+
4 TRIAX19 07 XCELO2 21 BRERL-

314 / 458 Cabling #194 #195 #196: ELO2 motor EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#266: Valve for positioning the movable main nozzles

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-X04 1 XC266 1 VPMMN +
BR CEB-X04 4 XC266 2 VPMMN -
#274: Clamp on the main nozzle (up to 6 channels)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EB-03 5 XC274 1 VCLMPMN1+
BR EB-03 8 XC274 2 VCLMPMN1-
GR EB-03 6 XC274 3 VCLMPMN2+
YW EB-03 7 XC274 4 VCLMPMN2-
GY EB-03 18 XC274 5 VCLMPMN3+
PK EB-03 21 XC274 6 VCLMPMN3-
BL EB-03 19 XC274 7 VCLMPMN4+
RD EB-03 20 XC274 8 VCLMPMN4-
BK EB-03 9 XC274 9 VCLMPMN5+
VT EB-03 12 XC274 10 VCLMPMN5-
GY/PK EB-03 10 XC274 11 VCLMPMN6+
RD/BL EB-03 11 XC274 12 VCLMPMN6-

EN120111N Cabling #266: Valve for positioning the movable main nozzles 315 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#320: Diagnostic plug on the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB02 7 PDGN A STRUP
BR MCB02 14 PDGN B STRDOWN
GR MCB02 13 PDGN E STRTRG
YW MCB02 6 PDGN C STR12V
GY MCB02 15 PDGN R +26VDCL1
PK MCB02 4 PDGN K LGD
BL MCB02 8 PDGN N TSTVRSP
RD MCB02 5 PDGN D +26VDC2
BK MCB01 9 PDGN F PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
VT MCB23 5 PDGN P FTEN
YWGR PDGN J Shield_MSCAN
#338B/339B: Emergency stop and warning light RHS on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


338-WH XC605A 1 PB-ES-RHS 11 ES1SUP
338-BR XC605A 2 PB-ES-RHS 12 ES1
338-GR XC605A 3 PB-ESRLHS 21 ES2SUP
338-YW XC605A 4 PB-ES-RHS 22 ES2
339-BR XC605A 5 WL-RHS 1 26VDC2
339-BL XC605A 6 WL-RHS 2 WL

316 / 458 Cabling #320: Diagnostic plug on the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#338B/339B: Emergency stop and warning light LHS on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


338-WH XC653A 1 PB-ES-LHS 11 ES1SUP
338-BR XC653A 2 PB-ES-LHS 12 ES1
338-GR XC653A 3 PB-ES-LHS 21 ES2SUP
338-YW XC653A 4 PB-ES-LHS 22 ES2
339-BR XC653A 5 WL-LHS 1 26VDC2
339-BL XC653A 6 WL-LHS 2 WL
#340A: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH AIB05 20 XC340A 20 VRN1+
BR AIB05 1 XC340A 1 VRN1-
GR AIB05 21 XC340A 21 VRN2+
YW AIB05 2 XC340A 2 VRN2-
GY AIB05 22 XC340A 22 VRN3+
PK AIB05 3 XC340A 3 VRN3-
BL AIB05 23 XC340A 23 VRN4+
RD AIB05 4 XC340A 4 VRN4-
BK AIB05 24 XC340A 24 VRN5+
VT AIB05 5 XC340A 5 VRN5-
GY/PK AIB05 25 XC340A 25 VRN6+

EN120111N Cabling #338B/339B: Emergency stop and warning light LHS on OMP800 317 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


RD/BL AIB05 6 XC340A 6 VRN6-
WH/GR AIB05 26 XC340A 26 VRN7+
BR/GR AIB05 7 XC340A 7 VRN7-
WH/YW AIB05 27 XC340A 27 VRN8+
YW/BR AIB05 8 XC340A 8 VRN8-
WH/GY AIB05 28 XC340A 28 VRN9+
GY/BR AIB05 9 XC340A 9 VRN9-
WH/PK AIB05 29 XC340A 29 VRN10+
PK/BR AIB05 10 XC340A 10 VRN10-
WH/BL AIB05 30 XC340A 30 VRN11+
BR/BL AIB05 11 XC340A 11 VRN11-
WH/RD AIB05 31 XC340A 31 VRN12+
BR/RD AIB05 12 XC340A 12 VRN12-
WH/BK AIB05 32 XC340A 32 VRN13+
BR/BK AIB05 13 XC340A 13 VRN13-
GY/GR AIB05 33 XC340A 33 VRN14+
YW/GY AIB05 14 XC340A 14 VRN14-
PK/GR AIB05 34 XC340A 34 VRN15+
YW/PK AIB05 15 XC340A 15 VRN15-
GR/BL AIB05 35 XC340A 35 VRN16+
YW/BL AIB05 16 XC340A 16 VRN16-
GR/RD AIB05 36 XC340A 36 VRN17+
YW/RD AIB05 17 XC340A 17 VRN17-

318 / 458 Cabling #340A: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#340B: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC340A 20 VRN1 1 VRN1+
BR XC340A 1 VRN1 2 VRN1-
GR XC340A 21 VRN2 1 VRN2+
YW XC340A 2 VRN2 2 VRN2-
GY XC340A 22 VRN3 1 VRN3+
PK XC340A 3 VRN3 2 VRN3-
BL XC340A 23 VRN4 1 VRN4+
RD XC340A 4 VRN4 2 VRN4-
BK XC340A 24 VRN5 1 VRN5+
VT XC340A 5 VRN5 2 VRN5-
GY/PK XC340A 25 VRN6 1 VRN6+
RD/BL XC340A 6 VRN6 2 VRN6-
WH/GR XC340A 26 VRN7 1 VRN7+
BR/GR XC340A 7 VRN7 2 VRN7-
WH/YW XC340A 27 VRN8 1 VRN8+
YW/BR XC340A 8 VRN8 2 VRN8-
WH/GY XC340A 28 VRN9 1 VRN9+
GY/BR XC340A 9 VRN9 2 VRN9-
WH/PK XC340A 29 VRN10 1 VRN10+
PK/BR XC340A 10 VRN10 2 VRN10-
WH/BL XC340A 30 VRN11 1 VRN11+
BR/BL XC340A 11 VRN11 2 VRN11-
WH/RD XC340A 31 VRN12 1 VRN12+
BR/RD XC340A 12 VRN12 2 VRN12-
WH/BK XC340A 32 VRN13 1 VRN13+
BR/BK XC340A 13 VRN13 2 VRN13-

EN120111N Cabling #340B: Relay nozzle valves 1 up to 17 on OMP800 319 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


GY/GR XC340A 33 VRN14 1 VRN14+
YW/GY XC340A 14 VRN14 2 VRN14-
PK/GR XC340A 34 VRN15 1 VRN15+
YW/PK XC340A 15 VRN15 2 VRN15-
GR/BL XC340A 35 VRN16 1 VRN16+
YW/BL XC340A 16 VRN16 2 VRN16-
GR/RD XC340A 36 VRN17 1 VRN17+
YW/RD XC340A 17 VRN17 2 VRN17-

#341A: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800


WEB print [173]

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH WEB-X 04 14 XC341A 1 VRN18+
BR WEB-X 04 1 XC341A 2 VRN18-
GR WEB-X 04 15 XC341A 3 VRN19+
YW WEB-X 04 2 XC341A 4 VRN19-
GY WEB-X 04 16 XC341A 5 VRN20+
PK WEB-X 04 3 XC341A 6 VRN20-
BL WEB-X 04 17 XC341A 7 VRN21+
RD WEB-X 04 4 XC341A 8 VRN21-
BK WEB-X 04 18 XC341A 9 VRN22+
VT WEB-X 04 5 XC341A 10 VRN22-
GY/PK WEB-X 04 19 XC341A 11 VRN23+
RD/BL WEB-X 04 6 XC341A 12 VRN23-
WH/GR WEB-X 04 20 XC341A 13 VRN24+
BR/GR WEB-X 04 7 XC341A 14 VRN24-
WH/YW WEB-X 04 21 XC341A 15 VRN25+
YW/BR WEB-X 04 8 XC341A 16 VRN25-
WH/GY WEB-Y 04 14 XC341A 17 VRN26+
GY/BR WEB-Y 04 1 XC341A 18 VRN26-
WH/PK WEB-Y 04 15 XC341A 19 VRN27+

320 / 458 Cabling #341A: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


PK/BR WEB-Y 04 2 XC341A 20 VRN27-
WH/BL WEB-Y 04 16 XC341A 21 VRN28+
BR/BL WEB-Y 04 3 XC341A 22 VRN28-
WH/RD WEB-Y 04 17 XC341A 23 VRN29+
BR/RD WEB-Y 04 74 XC341A 24 VRN29-

#341B: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC341A 1 VRN18 1 VRN18+
BR XC341A 2 VRN18 2 VRN18-
GR XC341A 3 VRN19 1 VRN19+
YW XC341A 4 VRN19 2 VRN19-
GY XC341A 5 VRN20 1 VRN20+
PK XC341A 6 VRN20 2 VRN20-
BL XC341A 7 VRN21 1 VRN21+
RD XC341A 8 VRN21 2 VRN21-
BK XC341A 9 VRN22 1 VRN22+
VT XC341A 10 VRN22 2 VRN22-
GY/PK XC341A 11 VRN23 1 VRN23+
RD/BL XC341A 12 VRN23 2 VRN23-
WH/GR XC341A 13 VRN24 1 VRN24+
BR/GR XC341A 14 VRN24 2 VRN24-
WH/YW XC341A 15 VRN25 1 VRN25+
YW/BR XC341A 16 VRN25 2 VRN25-
WH/GY XC341A 17 VRN26 1 VRN26+
GY/BR XC341A 18 VRN26 2 VRN26-
WH/PK XC341A 19 VRN27 1 VRN27+
PK/BR XC341A 20 VRN27 2 VRN27-
WH/BL XC341A 21 VRN28 1 VRN28+
BR/BL XC341A 22 VRN28 2 VRN28-

EN120111N Cabling #341B: Additional flow valves 18 to 28 on OMP800 321 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#356: PICAN filling detector box filling detector signals on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR MCB12 26 XC356 1 FD1
WH MCB12 10 XC356 2 FD2
BL MCB12 9 XC356 3 FDSU
BK MCB12 19 XC356 4 LGD
#359: Back rest QSC safety switch fancy beam on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB11 11 X QSC u +26VDCL2
BR MCB11 12 X QSC v PXFASFTY
#367A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 1&2 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH AIB07 9 XC367A 1 MPFT1A+
BR AIB07 12 XC367A 2 MPFT1A-
GR AIB07 10 XC367A 3 MPFT1B+
YW AIB07 11 XC367A 4 MPFT1B-
GY AIB07 28 XC367A 5 MPFT2A+
PK AIB07 31 XC367A 6 MPFT2A-
BL AIB07 29 XC367A 7 MPFT2B+
RD AIB07 30 XC367A 8 MPFT2B-

322 / 458 Cabling #356: PICAN filling detector box filling detector signals on OMP800 EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#367B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 1&2 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR XC367B 1 MPFT1 1 MPFT1A+
WH XC367B 2 MPFT1 2 MPFT1A-
BL XC367B 3 MPFT1 3 MPFT1B+
BK XC367B 4 MPFT1 4 MPFT1B-
BR XC367B 5 MPFT2 1 MPFT2A+
WH XC367B 6 MPFT2 2 MPFT2A-
BL XC367B 7 MPFT2 3 MPFT2B+
BK XC367B 8 MPFT2 4 MPFT2B-

#368A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 3&4 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-X01 10F XC368A 1 MPFT3A+
BR CEB-X01 10D XC368A 2 MPFT3A-
GR CEB-X01 10B XC368A 3 MPFT3B+
YW CEB-X01 10Z XC368A 4 MPFT3B-
GY CEB-X01 12F XC368A 5 MPFT4A+
PK CEB-X01 12D XC368A 6 MPFT4A-
BL CEB-X01 12B XC368A 7 MPFT4B+
RD CEB-X01 12Z XC368A 8 MPFT4B-

EN120111N Cabling #367B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 1&2 on OMP800 323 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#368B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 3&4 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR XC368B 1 MPFT3 1 MPFT3A+
WH XC368B 2 MPFT3 2 MPFT3A-
BL XC368B 3 MPFT3 3 MPFT3B+
BK XC368B 4 MPFT3 4 MPFT3B-
BR XC368B 5 MPFT4 1 MPFT4A+
WH XC368B 6 MPFT4 2 MPFT4A-
BL XC368B 7 MPFT4 3 MPFT4B+
BK XC368B 8 MPFT4 4 MPFT4B-

#369A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 5&6 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Y01 10F XC369A 1 MPFT5A+
BR CEB-Y01 10D XC369A 2 MPFT5A-
GR CEB-Y01 10B XC369A 3 MPFT5B+
YW CEB-Y01 10Z XC369A 4 MPFT5B-
GY CEB-Y01 12F XC369A 5 MPFT6A+
PK CEB-Y01 12D XC369A 6 MPFT6A-
BL CEB-Y01 12B XC369A 7 MPFT6B+
RD CEB-Y01 12Z XC369A 8 MPFT6B-

324 / 458 Cabling #368B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 3&4 on OMP800 EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#369B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 5&6 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR XC369B 1 MPFT5 1 MPFT5A+
WH XC369B 2 MPFT5 2 MPFT5A-
BL XC369B 3 MPFT5 3 MPFT5B+
BK XC369B 4 MPFT5 4 MPFT5B-
BR XC369B 5 MPFT6 1 MPFT6A+
WH XC369B 6 MPFT6 2 MPFT6A-
BL XC369B 7 MPFT6 3 MPFT6B+
BK XC369B 8 MPFT6 4 MPFT6B-

#370A: Programmable filling brake motor channels 7&8 on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Z01 10F XC370A 1 MPFT7A+
BR CEB-Z01 10D XC370A 2 MPFT7A-
GR CEB-Z01 10B XC370A 3 MPFT7B+
YW CEB-Z01 10Z XC370A 4 MPFT7B-
GY CEB-Z01 12F XC370A 5 MPFT8A+
PK CEB-Z01 12D XC370A 6 MPFT8A-
BL CEB-Z01 12B XC370A 7 MPFT8B+
RD CEB-Z01 12Z XC370A 8 MPFT8B-

EN120111N Cabling #369B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 5&6 on OMP800 325 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#370B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 7&8 on OMP800


.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR XC370B 1 MPFT7 1 MPFT7A+
WH XC370B 2 MPFT7 2 MPFT7A-
BL XC370B 3 MPFT7 3 MPFT7B+
BK XC370B 4 MPFT7 4 MPFT7B-
BR XC370B 5 MPFT8 1 MPFT8A+
WH XC370B 6 MPFT8 2 MPFT8A-
BL XC370B 7 MPFT8 3 MPFT8B+
BK XC370B 8 MPFT8 4 MPFT8B-

#371A: Protective cover LHS on the machine on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB07 8 XC371A A PBSTP
BR MCB07 36 XC371A B PBSTP
GR MCB07 13 XC371A C +26VDCL2
YW MCB07 22 XC371A D DTCVRLHS

326 / 458 Cabling #370B: Programmable filling brake motor channels 7&8 on OMP800 EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#372: Resolver on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB04 4 XC372 A RSREF
BR MCB04 3 XC372 B RSGND
GR MCB04 9 XC372 D RSSINSGN
YW MCB04 1 XC372 E RSSGNGND
GY MCB04 5 XC372 G RSCOSSGN
PK MCB04 6 XC372 H RSSGNGND
DRAINWIRE MCB04 7 RSGND
#376: Catcher stretcher on OMP800

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EB-01 02F XC376 1 VCATCH+
BR EB-01 02D XC376 2 VCATCH-
GR EB-01 02B XC376 3 VSTRETCH+
YW EB-01 02Z XC376 4 VSTRETCH-
#392: Reference proximity switch

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB11 1 XC392 1 +26VDCL2
BR MCB11 4 XC392 2 PXREF

EN120111N Cabling #372: Resolver on OMP800 327 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#393: Power supply (26VDCL ) for safety light grid

Wire From Point To Point Signal Remarks


WH MCB10 12 KSFTY 53 * +26VDCL In case of 2xNO contacts
=>53 ; In case of 4xNO
contacts =>73
BR XC393 1 KSFTY 54 * +26VDCL In case of 2xNO contacts
=>54 ; In case of 4xNO
contacts =>74
#395: ELSY LHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 WEB-X03 1 XC395 A MESLHSA+
2 WEB-X03 2 XC395 B MESLHSA-
3 WEB-X03 3 XC395 C MESLHSB+
4 WEB-X03 4 XC395 D MESLHSB-
5 WEB-X03 5 XC395 F 26VPBESLHS
6 WEB-X03 6 XC395 H PBESLHS
DRAINWIRE XC395 G

328 / 458 Cabling #393: Power supply (26VDCL ) for safety light grid EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#396: ELSY RHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 AIB03 7 XC396 A MESRHSA+
2 AIB03 8 XC396 B MESRHSA-
3 AIB03 9 XC396 C MESRHSB+
4 AIB03 10 XC396 D MESRHSB-
5 AIB03 11 XC396 F 26VPBESRHS
6 AIB03 12 XC396 H PBESRHS
DRAINWIRE XC396 G

#397: Center ELSY 1

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 WEB-Y03 1 XC397 A MESMID1A+
2 WEB-Y03 2 XC397 B MESMID1A-
3 WEB-Y03 3 XC397 C MESMID1B+
4 WEB-Y03 4 XC397 D MESMID1B-
5 WEB-Y03 5 XC397 F 26VPBESMID1
6 WEB-Y03 6 XC397 H PBESMID1
DRAINWIRE XC397 G

EN120111N Cabling #396: ELSY RHS 329 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#398: Center ELSY 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 WEB-Z03 1 XC398 A MESMID2A+
2 WEB-Z03 2 XC398 B MESMID2A-
3 WEB-Z03 3 XC398 C MESMID2B+
4 WEB-Z03 4 XC398 D MESMID2B-
5 WEB-Z03 5 XC398 F 26VPBESMID2
6 WEB-Z03 6 XC398 H PBESMID2
DRAINWIRE XC398 G

#413A: Parking brake

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB-09 14 XC413 1 PBR
BR MCB-09 20 XC413 2 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
GR MCB-11 17 XC413 3 DTPBR
YW MCB-11 24 XC413 4 +26VDCL2

330 / 458 Cabling #398: Center ELSY 2 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#413B: Parking brake

Wire From Point To Point Signal


VPBR-WH XC413 1 VPBR 1 PBR
VPBR-BR XC413 2 VPBR 2 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DTPBR-BR XC413 3 DTPBR 1 DTPBR
DTPBR-BL XC413 4 DTPBR 2 +26VDCL2

#429: DD to the LDEC print

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH DDMP05 1 XC429 1 DDPB
BR MCB15 20 XC429 4 LGD

#552: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 1 & 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH AIB06 01 XC552 01 VMNF1+
BR AIB06 02 XC552 02 VMNF1-
GR AIB06 14 XC552 03 VMNF2+
YW AIB06 15 XC552 04 VMNF2-
GY AIB06 05 XC552 05 QNF1A+
PK AIB06 08 XC552 06 QNF1A-

EN120111N Cabling #413B: Parking brake 331 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BL AIB06 06 XC552 07 QNF1B+
RD AIB06 07 XC552 08 QNF1B-
BK AIB06 18 XC552 09 QNF2A+
VT AIB06 21 XC552 10 QNF2A-
GY/PK AIB06 19 XC552 11 QNF2B+
RD/BL AIB06 20 XC552 12 QNF2B-
WH/GR AIB07 01 XC552 13 ELCAF1A+
BR/GR AIB07 04 XC552 14 ELCAF1A-
WH/YW AIB07 02 XC552 15 ELCAF1B+
YW/BR AIB07 03 XC552 16 ELCAF1B-
WH/GY AIB07 20 XC552 17 ELCAF2A+
GY/BR AIB07 23 XC552 18 ELCAF2A-
WH/PK AIB07 21 XC552 19 ELCAF2B+
PK/BR AIB07 22 XC552 20 ELCAF2B-
#553: Movable nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 1 & 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH AIB06 03 XC553 01 VMNM1+
BR AIB06 04 XC553 02 VMNM1-
GR AIB06 16 XC553 03 VMNM2+
YW AIB06 17 XC553 04 VMNM2-
GY AIB06 09 XC553 05 QNM1A+
PK AIB06 12 XC553 06 QNM1A-
BL AIB06 10 XC553 07 QNM1B+
RD AIB06 11 XC553 08 QNM1B-
BK AIB06 22 XC553 09 QNM2A+
VT AIB06 25 XC553 10 QNM2A-
GY/PK AIB06 23 XC553 11 QNM2B+
RD/BL AIB06 24 XC553 12 QNM2B-

332 / 458 Cabling #553: Movable nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 1 & 2 EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH/GR AIB07 05 XC553 13 ELCAM1A+
BR/GR AIB07 08 XC553 14 ELCAM1A-
WH/YW AIB07 06 XC553 15 ELCAM1B+
YW/BR AIB07 07 XC553 16 ELCAM1B-
WH/GY AIB07 24 XC553 17 ELCAM2A+
GY/BR AIB07 27 XC553 18 ELCAM2A-
WH/PK AIB07 25 XC553 19 ELCAM2B+
PK/BR AIB07 26 XC553 20 ELCAM2B-
#554: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-X03 01 XC554 01 VMNF3+
BR CEB-X03 02 XC554 02 VMNF3-
GR CEB-X03 14 XC554 03 VMNF4+
YW CEB-X03 15 XC554 04 VMNF4-
GY CEB-X03 05 XC554 05 QNF3A+
PK CEB-X03 08 XC554 06 QNF3A-
BL CEB-X03 06 XC554 07 QNF3B+
RD CEB-X03 07 XC554 08 QNF3B-
BK CEB-X03 18 XC554 09 QNF4A+
VT CEB-X03 21 XC554 10 QNF4A-
GY/PK CEB-X03 19 XC554 11 QNF4B+
RD/BL CEB-X03 20 XC554 12 QNF4B-
WH/GR CEB-X01 2F XC554 13 ELCAF3A+
BR/GR CEB-X01 2D XC554 14 ELCAF3A-
WH/YW CEB-X01 2B XC554 15 ELCAF3B+
YW/BR CEB-X01 2Z XC554 16 ELCAF3B-
WH/GY CEB-X01 4F XC554 17 ELCAF4A+
GY/BR CEB-X01 4D XC554 18 ELCAF4A-

EN120111N Cabling #554: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4 333 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH/PK CEB-X01 4B XC554 19 ELCAF4B+
PK/BR CEB-X01 4Z XC554 20 ELCAF4B-
#555: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-X03 03 XC555 01 VMNM3+
BR CEB-X03 04 XC555 02 VMNM3-
GR CEB-X03 16 XC555 03 VMNM4+
YW CEB-X03 17 XC555 04 VMNM4-
GY CEB-X03 09 XC555 05 QNM3A+
PK CEB-X03 12 XC555 06 QNM3A-
BL CEB-X03 10 XC555 07 QNM3B+
RD CEB-X03 11 XC555 08 QNM3B-
BK CEB-X03 22 XC555 09 QNM4A+
VT CEB-X03 25 XC555 10 QNM4A-
GY/PK CEB-X03 23 XC555 11 QNM4B+
RD/BL CEB-X03 24 XC555 12 QNM4B-
WH/GR CEB-X01 6F XC555 13 ELCAM3A+
BR/GR CEB-X01 6D XC555 14 ELCAM3A-
WH/YW CEB-X01 6B XC555 15 ELCAM3B+
YW/BR CEB-X01 6Z XC555 16 ELCAM3B-
WH/GY CEB-X01 8F XC555 17 ELCAM4A+
GY/BR CEB-X01 8D XC555 18 ELCAM4A-
WH/PK CEB-X01 8B XC555 19 ELCAM4B+
PK/BR CEB-X01 8Z XC555 20 ELCAM4B-

334 / 458 Cabling #555: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 3 and 4 EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#556: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Y03 01 XC556 01 VMNF5+
BR CEB-Y03 02 XC556 02 VMNF5-
GR CEB-Y03 14 XC556 03 VMNF6+
YW CEB-Y03 15 XC556 04 VMNF6-
GY CEB-Y03 05 XC556 05 QNF5A+
PK CEB-Y03 08 XC556 06 QNF5A-
BL CEB-Y03 06 XC556 07 QNF5B+
RD CEB-Y03 07 XC556 08 QNF5B-
BK CEB-Y03 18 XC556 09 QNF6A+
VT CEB-Y03 21 XC556 10 QNF6A-
GY/PK CEB-Y03 19 XC556 11 QNF6B+
RD/BL CEB-Y03 20 XC556 12 QNF6B-
WH/GR CEB-Y01 2F XC556 13 ELCAF5A+
BR/GR CEB-Y01 2D XC556 14 ELCAF5A-
WH/YW CEB-Y01 2B XC556 15 ELCAF5B+
YW/BR CEB-Y01 2Z XC556 16 ELCAF5B-
WH/GY CEB-Y01 4F XC556 17 ELCAF6A+
GY/BR CEB-Y01 4D XC556 18 ELCAF6A-
WH/PK CEB-Y01 4B XC556 19 ELCAF6B+
PK/BR CEB-Y01 4Z XC556 20 ELCAF6B-

EN120111N Cabling #556: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6 335 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#557: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Y03 03 XC557 01 VMNM5+
BR CEB-Y03 04 XC557 02 VMNM5-
GR CEB-Y03 16 XC557 03 VMNM6+
YW CEB-Y03 17 XC557 04 VMNM6-
GY CEB-Y03 09 XC557 05 QNM5A+
PK CEB-Y03 12 XC557 06 QNM5A-
BL CEB-Y03 10 XC557 07 QNM5B+
RD CEB-Y03 11 XC557 08 QNM5B-
BK CEB-Y03 22 XC557 09 QNM6A+
VT CEB-Y03 25 XC557 10 QNM6A-
GY/PK CEB-Y03 23 XC557 11 QNM6B+
RD/BL CEB-Y03 24 XC557 12 QNM6B-
WH/GR CEB-Y01 6F XC557 13 ELCAM5A+
BR/GR CEB-Y01 6D XC557 14 ELCAM5A-
WH/YW CEB-Y01 6B XC557 15 ELCAM5B+
YW/BR CEB-Y01 6Z XC557 16 ELCAM5B-
WH/GY CEB-Y01 8F XC557 17 ELCAM6A+
GY/BR CEB-Y01 8D XC557 18 ELCAM6A-
WH/PK CEB-Y01 8B XC557 19 ELCAM6B+
PK/BR CEB-Y01 8Z XC557 20 ELCAM6B-

336 / 458 Cabling #557: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 5 and 6 EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#558: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Z03 01 XC558 01 VMNF7+
BR CEB-Z03 02 XC558 02 VMNF7-
GR CEB-Z03 14 XC558 03 VMNF8+
YW CEB-Z03 15 XC558 04 VMNF8-
GY CEB-Z03 05 XC558 05 QNF7A+
PK CEB-Z03 08 XC558 06 QNF7A-
BL CEB-Z03 06 XC558 07 QNF7B+
RD CEB-Z03 07 XC558 08 QNF7B-
BK CEB-Z03 18 XC558 09 QNF8A+
VT CEB-Z03 21 XC558 10 QNF8A-
GY/PK CEB-Z03 19 XC558 11 QNF8B+
RD/BL CEB-Z03 20 XC558 12 QNF8B-
WH/GR CEB-Z01 2F XC558 13 ELCAF7A+
BR/GR CEB-Z01 2D XC558 14 ELCAF7A-
WH/YW CEB-Z01 2B XC558 15 ELCAF7B+
YW/BR CEB-Z01 2Z XC558 16 ELCAF7B-
WH/GY CEB-Z01 4F XC558 17 ELCAF8A+
GY/BR CEB-Z01 4D XC558 18 ELCAF8A-
WH/PK CEB-Z01 4B XC558 19 ELCAF8B+
PK/BR CEB-Z01 4Z XC558 20 ELCAF8B-

EN120111N Cabling #558: Fixed main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8 337 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#559: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Z03 03 XC559 01 VMNM7+
BR CEB-Z03 04 XC559 02 VMNM7-
GR CEB-Z03 16 XC559 03 VMNM8+
YW CEB-Z03 17 XC559 04 VMNM8-
GY CEB-Z03 09 XC559 05 QNM7A+
PK CEB-Z03 12 XC559 06 QNM7A-
BL CEB-Z03 10 XC559 07 QNM7B+
RD CEB-Z03 11 XC559 08 QNM7B-
BK CEB-Z03 22 XC559 09 QNM8A+
VT CEB-Z03 25 XC559 10 QNM8A-
GY/PK CEB-Z03 23 XC559 11 QNM8B+
RD/BL CEB-Z03 24 XC559 12 QNM8B-
WH/GR CEB-Z01 6F XC559 13 ELCAM7A+
BR/GR CEB-Z01 6D XC559 14 ELCAM7A-
WH/YW CEB-Z01 6B XC559 15 ELCAM7B+
YW/BR CEB-Z01 6Z XC559 16 ELCAM7B-
WH/GY CEB-Z01 8F XC559 17 ELCAM8A+
GY/BR CEB-Z01 8D XC559 18 ELCAM8A-
WH/PK CEB-Z01 8B XC559 19 ELCAM8B+
PK/BR CEB-Z01 8Z XC559 20 ELCAM8B-

338 / 458 Cabling #559: Movable main nozzle valve, Q-nominal and ELCA channels 7 and 8 EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#563A: PICAN of the filling detector box (FDCB) to the e-Leno RHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC563A B XC563A 02 MSCANH_3
BR XC563A C XC563A 03 MSCANL_3
GR XC563A F XC563A 06 PT1024H1
YW XC563A G XC563A 07 PT1024L1
GY XC563A - XC563A - EVENTLINE
RD XC563A A XC563A 01 26V DC
BK XC563A E XC563A 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC563A H XC563A 08 Shield_MSCAN
#563B: PICAN from e-Leno RHS to e-Leno LHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC563B 02 XC563B 02 MSCANH_3
BR XC563B 03 XC563B 03 MSCANL_3
GR XC563B 06 XC563B 06 PT1024H1
YW XC563B 07 XC563B 07 PT1024L1
GY XC563B - XC563B - EVENTLINE
RD XC563B 01 XC563B 01 26V DC
BK XC563B 05 XC563B 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC563B 08 XC563B 08 Shield_MSCAN

EN120111N Cabling #563A: PICAN of the filling detector box (FDCB) to the e-Leno RHS 339 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#563C: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to jacquard or CAN dobby

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC563C B XC563C 02 MSCANH_3
BR XC563C C XC563C 03 MSCANL_3
GR XC563C F XC563C 06 PT1024H1
YW XC563C G XC563C 07 PT1024L1
GY XC563C - XC563C - EVENTLINE
RD XC563C A XC563C 01 26V DC
BK XC563C E XC563C 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC563C H XC563C 08 Shield_MSCAN

#564A: PICAN of the filling detector box (FDCB) to the e-Leno QSC connector

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC564A B XC564A B MSCANH_3
BR XC564A C XC564A C MSCANL_3
GR XC564A F XC564A F PT1024H1
YW XC564A G XC564A G PT1024L1
GY XC564A - XC564A - EVENTLINE
RD XC564A A XC564A A 26V DC
BK XC564A E XC564A E PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC564A H XC564A H Shield_MSCAN

340 / 458 Cabling #563C: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to jacquard or CAN dobby EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#564B: PICAN from e-Leno QSC to e-Leno RHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC564B B XC564B 02 MSCANH_3
BR XC564B C XC564B 03 MSCANL_3
GR XC564B F XC564B 06 PT1024H1
YW XC564B G XC564B 07 PT1024L1
GY XC564B - XC564B - EVENTLINE
RD XC564B A XC564B 01 26V DC
BK XC564B E XC564B 05 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC564B H XC564B 08 Shield_MSCAN
#564C: PICAN from e-Leno RHS to e-Leno LHS (QSC version)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC564C 02 XC564C 02 MSCANH_3
BR XC564C 03 XC564C 03 MSCANL_3
GR XC564C 06 XC564C 06 PT1024H1
YW XC564C 07 XC564C 07 PT1024L1

EN120111N Cabling #564B: PICAN from e-Leno QSC to e-Leno RHS 341 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


GY XC564C - XC564C - EVENTLINE
RD XC564C 01 XC564C 01 26V DC
BK XC564C 05 XC564C 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC564C 08 XC564C 08 Shield_MSCAN
#564D: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to QSC connector (48P.)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC564D 02 XC564D p MSCANH_3
BR XC564D 03 XC564D q MSCANL_3
GR XC564D 06 XC564D r PT1024H1
YW XC564D 07 XC564D s PT1024L1
GY XC564D - XC564D - EVENTLINE
RD XC564D 01 XC564D t 26V DC
BK XC564D 05 XC564D y PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC564D 08 XC564D z Shield_MSCAN

#564E: PICAN from QSC connector (48P.) to CAN dobby

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC564E p XC564E B MSCANH_3
BR XC564E q XC564E C MSCANL_3
GR XC564E r XC564E F PT1024H1
YW XC564E s XC564E G PT1024L1
GY XC564E - XC564E - EVENTLINE
RD XC564E t XC564E A 26V DC
BK XC564E y XC564E E PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC564E z XC564E H Shield_MSCAN

342 / 458 Cabling #564D: PICAN from e-Leno LHS to QSC connector (48P.) EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#566: Power supply for the MCB print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF04 34 MCB03 01 26ESDC
2 EPDAF04 26 MCB03 02 +5V DC
3 EPDAF04 20 MCB03 03 +26V DC
4 EPDAF04 35 MCB03 04 +5V DC
5 EPDAF04 33 MCB03 05 -12V DC
6 EPDAF04 19 MCB03 06 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
7 EPDAF04 24 MCB03 08 +12V DC
8 EPDAF04 23 MCB03 09 LGD
9 EPDAF04 22 MCB03 10 +26VDCS
10 EPDAF04 27 MCB03 11 LGD
11 EPDAF04 36 MCB03 12 LGD

#567: Power supply for the MCB print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF04 29 MCB16 01 +26VDC2
2 EPDAF04 32 MCB16 02 LGD
3 EPDAF04 31 MCB16 03 +26VDCS
4 EPDAF04 30 MCB16 04 +41VDC
5 EPDAF04 28 MCB16 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
6 EPDAF04 12 MCB15 04 48V AC
7 EPDAF04 21 MCB15 18 ACGD

EN120111N Cabling #566: Power supply for the MCB print inside the control box 343 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#570: ESAC and POWER ON signal on the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR KSFTY 13 MCB15 22 ESAC
BL KSFTY 14 MCB15 09 DTPWRON

#571: Emergency stop and POWER ON push button

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EPDAF04 11 ES 11 26VDC2
BR EPDAF04 02 ES 21 ESCB2(AC)
GR EPDAF04 01 ES 12 ESCB1(DC)
YW EPDAF04 10 PBPWRON 14 ESAC

#572: Emergency stop for jacquard

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF01 06 XC572 A 48V AC
2 EPDAF01 05 XC572 B ACGD
3 EPDAF01 02 XC572 C ESJSUP
4 EPDAF01 03 XC572 E ESJ

344 / 458 Cabling #570: ESAC and POWER ON signal on the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#573: Power supply (12VDC, 48VAC) for the EPDAF print in the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 IPS +12V EPDAF01 01 +12V
2 IPS COM EPDAF01 04 LGD
3 IPS COM EPDAF01 07 LGD
4 IPS AC48V EPDAF01 08 48V AC
5 IPS ACGD EPDAF01 09 48V AC
6 IPS -12V EPDAF01 10 -12V
#575: PICAN communication RHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EPDAF02 08 XC575 B MSCANH_2
BR EPDAF02 17 XC575 C MSCANL_2
GR EPDAF02 26 XC575 F PT1024H1
YW EPDAF02 35 XC575 G PT1024L1
GY EPDAF02 36 XC575 D EVENTLINE
RD EPDAF02 27 XC575 A 26VDCPICAN
BK EPDAF02 18 XC575 E PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
DRAINWIRE EPDAF02 09 XC575 H PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

EN120111N Cabling #573: Power supply (12VDC, 48VAC) for the EPDAF print in the control box 345 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#576: PICAN communication Medium Speed for the EPDAF print

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB01 08 EPDAF02 03 MSCANH_1
BR MCB01 04 EPDAF02 12 MSCANL_1
GR MCB01 10 EPDAF02 05 MSCANH_2
YW MCB01 05 EPDAF02 14 MSCANL_2
DRAINWIRE EPDAF02 04 Shield_MSCAN

#577: Pulse train and eventline for the EPDAF print

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB23 02 EPDAF02 21 PT1024H
BR MCB23 01 EPDAF02 30 PT1024L
GY MCB23 08 EPDAF02 32 EVENTLINE
DRAINWIRE EPDAF02 22 Shield_MSCAN

#579: Thermal cutter module communication

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EPDAF02 07 XC579 B MSCANH_2
BR EPDAF02 16 XC579 C MSCANL_2
GR EPDAF02 25 XC579 F PT1024H
YW EPDAF02 34 XC579 G PT1024L

346 / 458 Cabling #576: PICAN communication Medium Speed for the EPDAF print EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BK EPDAF02 33 XC579 E PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE EPDAF02 24 XC579 H Shield_MSCAN
#583: Connection between the EPDAF and the DDMP in the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EPDAF08 13 DDMP05 02 LGD
BR EPDAF08 14 DDMP05 03 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
GR EPDAF08 15 DDMP05 04 ESDC
#585: 290V and 26V power supplies for (PICAN) prewinders

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF12 02 XC585 01 +290V
2 EPDAF12 09 XC585 02 26VDC1
3 EPDAF12 10 XC585 03 290GD
YW/GR EPDAF12 06 XC585 04 PE
#586: 290V power supply for the TRIAX print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF12 03 TRIAX15 01 +290F
2 EPDAF12 04 TRIAX15 02 +290F
3 EPDAF12 07 TRIAX15 04 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
4 EPDAF12 08 TRIAX15 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)

EN120111N Cabling #583: Connection between the EPDAF and the DDMP in the control box 347 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#587: 5V, 12V and 26V power supply for the TRIAX print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF12 12 TRIAX16 01 +5V DC
2 EPDAF12 24 TRIAX16 02 +12V DC
3 EPDAF12 21 TRIAX16 03 DD2
4 EPDAF12 11 TRIAX16 04 LGD
5 EPDAF12 16 TRIAX16 05 +5V DC
6 EPDAF12 22 TRIAX16 07 -12V DC
7 EPDAF12 15 TRIAX16 08 LGD
8 EPDAF12 14 TRIAX16 10 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
9 EPDAF12 13 TRIAX16 12 +26VDC1
#597: 290V power supply for the EPDAF print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


01 IPS +290V EPDAF16 01 +290V
02 IPS +290V EPDAF16 02 +290V
03 IPS -290V EPDAF16 03 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
04 IPS -290V EPDAF16 04 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)

348 / 458 Cabling #587: 5V, 12V and 26V power supply for the TRIAX print inside the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#601: RHS airtucker valves

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-X01 24Z XC601 01 ATIVUP+RHS
BR ATB-X01 24B XC601 02 ATIVUP-RHS
GR ATB-X01 24D XC601 03 ATIVLOW+RHS
YW ATB-X01 24F XC601 04 ATIVLOW-RHS
GY ATB-X01 26Z XC601 05 ATIVCT+RHS
PK ATB-X01 26B XC601 06 ATIVCT-RHS
#602: Center air tucker valves 1

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-X01 20Z XC602 01 ATIVUP1+MID1
BR ATB-X01 20B XC602 02 ATIVUP1-MID1
GR ATB-X01 20D XC602 03 ATIVLOW1+MID1
YW ATB-X01 20F XC602 04 ATIVLOW1-MID1
GY ATB-X01 26D XC602 05 ATIVCT+MID1
PK ATB-X01 26F XC602 06 ATIVCT-MID1
BL ATB-X01 18Z XC602 07 ATIVLOW2+MID1
RD ATB-X01 18B XC602 08 ATIVLOW2-MID1
BK ATB-X01 18D XC602 09 ATIVUP2+MID1
VT ATB-X01 18F XC602 10 ATIVUP2-MID1

EN120111N Cabling #601: RHS airtucker valves 349 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#603: Center air tucker valves 2

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-Y01 24Z XC603 01 ATIVUP1+MID2
BR ATB-Y01 24B XC603 02 ATIVUP1-MID2
GR ATB-Y01 24D XC603 03 ATIVLOW1+MID2
YW ATB-Y01 24F XC603 04 ATIVLOW1-MID2
GY ATB-Y01 26Z XC603 05 ATIVCT+MID2
PK ATB-Y01 26B XC603 06 ATIVCT-MID2
BL ATB-Y01 22Z XC603 07 ATIVLOW2+MID2
RD ATB-Y01 22B XC603 08 ATIVLOW2-MID2
BK ATB-Y01 22D XC603 09 ATIVUP2+MID2
VT ATB-Y01 22F XC603 10 ATIVUP2-MID2
#604: Center air tucker valves 3

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH ATB-Y01 20Z XC604 01 ATIVUP1+MID3
BR ATB-Y01 20B XC604 02 ATIVUP1-MID3
GR ATB-Y01 20D XC604 03 ATIVLOW1+MID3
YW ATB-Y01 20F XC604 04 ATIVLOW1-MID3
GY ATB-Y01 26D XC604 05 ATIVCT+MID3

350 / 458 Cabling #603: Center air tucker valves 2 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


PK ATB-Y01 26F XC604 06 ATIVCT-MID3
BL ATB-Y01 18Z XC604 07 ATIVLOW2+MID3
RD ATB-Y01 18B XC604 08 ATIVLOW2-MID3
BK ATB-Y01 18D XC604 09 ATIVUP2+MID3
VT ATB-Y01 18F XC604 10 ATIVUP2-MID3
#605A: Emergency stop and warning light

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF06 01 XC605A 01 ES1IN
2 EPDAF06 02 XC605A 02 ES1
3 EPDAF06 03 XC605A 03 ES2IN
4 EPDAF06 04 XC605A 04 ES2
5 EPDAF06 05 XC605A 05 26VDC2
6 EPDAF06 06 XC605A 06 WL

#608: IPS Detection

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH IPS ACOK MCB05 14 PWF
BR IPS DCOK MCB05 33 PG/ID

EN120111N Cabling #605A: Emergency stop and warning light 351 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#609: Power supply (5V, 12V and 26V) for the AIB print in the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF04 16 AIB10 01 +5V DC
2 EPDAF04 14 AIB10 02 LGD
3 EPDAF04 15 AIB10 03 +12V DC
4 EPDAF04 17 AIB10 04 +5V DC
5 EPDAF04 18 AIB10 05 LGD
6 EPDAF04 13 AIB10 06 +26VDCS
#610: Power supply (26V, 41V) for the AIB print in the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


01 EPDAF14 01 AIB04 01 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
02 EPDAF14 04 AIB04 02 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
03 EPDAF14 05 AIB04 03 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
04 EPDAF14 08 AIB04 04 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
05 EPDAF14 09 AIB04 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
06 EPDAF14 12 AIB04 06 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
07 EPDAF14 02 AIB04 07 26V DC
08 EPDAF14 06 AIB04 08 26V DC
09 EPDAF14 07 AIB04 09 26V DC
10 EPDAF14 10 AIB04 10 26V DC
11 EPDAF14 11 AIB04 11 26V DC
12 EPDAF14 03 AIB04 12 +41VDC

352 / 458 Cabling #609: Power supply (5V, 12V and 26V) for the AIB print in the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#611: Power supply for the BPO print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF04 03 BPO09 01 +41VDC
2 EPDAF04 25 BPO09 02 -12V DC
3 EPDAF04 04 BPO09 03 +26VDCS
4 EPDAF04 06 BPO09 05 +12V DC
5 EPDAF04 07 BPO09 07 +5V DC
6 EPDAF04 08 BPO09 08 +5V DC
7 EPDAF04 05 BPO09 10 LGD
8 EPDAF04 09 BPO09 11 LGD
#613: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-X print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF14 13 WEB-X05 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF14 17 WEB-X05 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF14 21 WEB-X05 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF14 14 WEB-X05 04 26V DC
5 EPDAF14 18 WEB-X05 05 26V DC
6 EPDAF14 22 WEB-X05 06 26V DC

EN120111N Cabling #611: Power supply for the BPO print inside the control box 353 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#614: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-Y print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF14 16 WEB-Y05 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF14 20 WEB-Y05 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF14 24 WEB-Y05 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF14 15 WEB-Y05 04 26V DC
5 EPDAF14 19 WEB-Y05 05 26V DC
6 EPDAF14 23 WEB-Y05 06 26V DC
#615: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-Z print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF S2 WEB-Z05 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF S2 WEB-Z05 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF S2 WEB-Z05 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF S1 WEB-Z05 04 26V DC
5 EPDAF S1 WEB-Z05 05 26V DC
6 EPDAF S1 WEB-Z05 06 26V DC

354 / 458 Cabling #614: Power supply (26VDC) for the WEB-Y print inside the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#619 #620 #621: Let-off ELO1

#619: Let-off motion motor 1 power (ELO1)


.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 TRIAX01 01 XCELO 01 LOPHA1
2 TRIAX01 02 XCELO 02 LOPHA2
3 TRIAX03 01 XCELO 03 LOPHB1
4 TRIAX03 02 XCELO 04 LOPHB2
5 TRIAX02 01 XCELO 05 LOPHC1
6 TRIAX02 02 XCELO 06 LOPHC2
7 TRIAX04 01 XCELO 07 LOPHD1
8 TRIAX04 02 XCELO 08 LOPHD2

EN120111N Cabling #619 #620 #621: Let-off ELO1 355 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#620: Let-off motion motor 1 resolver (ELO1)


.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH TRIAX17 14 XCELO 15 RSREF
BR TRIAX17 01 XCELO 16 RSGND
GR TRIAX17 16 XCELO 20 RSSINSGN
YW TRIAX17 03 XCELO 19 RSSGNGND
GY TRIAX17 15 XCELO 23 RSCOSSGN
PK TRIAX17 02 XCELO 24 RSSGNGND
DRAINWIRE TRIAX17 04 RSGND

#621: Let-off motion 1 brake and bimetal (ELO1)


.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 TRIAX19 11 XCELO 09 +BIMLO
2 TRIAX19 09 XCELO 13 -BIMLO
3 TRIAX19 01 XCELO 17 BRELO+
4 TRIAX19 08 XCELO 21 BRELO-

356 / 458 Cabling #619 #620 #621: Let-off ELO1 EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#622 #623 #624: Let-off ELOFA in case of NQSC

#622: Off-let warp motor fancy (ELOFA)


.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 TRIAX05 01 XCELOFA 01 A1
2 TRIAX05 02 XCELOFA 02 A2
3 TRIAX07 01 XCELOFA 03 B1
4 TRIAX07 02 XCELOFA 04 B2
5 TRIAX06 01 XCELOFA 05 C1
6 TRIAX06 02 XCELOFA 06 C2
7 TRIAX08 01 XCELOFA 07 D1
8 TRIAX08 02 XCELOFA 08 D2

EN120111N Cabling #622 #623 #624: Let-off ELOFA in case of NQSC 357 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#623: Let-off motor fancy resolver (ELOFA)


.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH TRIAX17 19 XCELOFA 15 RSREF
BR TRIAX17 07 XCELOFA 16 RSGND
GR TRIAX17 21 XCELOFA 20 RSSINSGN
YW TRIAX17 09 XCELOFA 19 RSSGNGND
GY TRIAX17 20 XCELOFA 23 RSCOSSGN
PK TRIAX17 08 XCELOFA 24 RSSGNGND
DRAINWIRE TRIAX17 06 RSGND
#624: Let-off motor fancy brake and bimetal (ELOFA)
.

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 TRIAX19 10 XCELOFA 09 +BIMELOFA
2 TRIAX19 03 XCELOFA 13 -BIMELOFA
3 TRIAX19 04 XCELOFA 17 BRELOFA+
4 TRIAX19 07 XCELOFA 21 BRELOFA-
#627: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-X print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24F PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24D PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24B PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
358 / 458 Cabling #627: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-X print inside the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


4 EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24Z PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
5 EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16F 26V DC
6 EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16D 26V DC
7 EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16B 26V DC
8 EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16Z 26V DC
#628: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Y print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24F PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24D PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24B PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24Z PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
5 EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16F 26V DC
6 EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16D 26V DC
7 EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16B 26V DC
8 EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16Z 26V DC

EN120111N Cabling #628: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Y print inside the control box 359 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#629: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Z print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24F PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24D PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24B PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24Z PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
5 EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16F 26V DC
6 EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16D 26V DC
7 EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16B 26V DC
8 EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16Z 26V DC

360 / 458 Cabling #629: Power supply (26VDC) for the CEB-Z print inside the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#630: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-X print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02F PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02D PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02B PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02Z PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
5 EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04F 26V DC
6 EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04D 26V DC
7 EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04B 26V DC
8 EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04Z 26V DC

EN120111N Cabling #630: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-X print inside the control box 361 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#631: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-Y print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02F PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02D PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02B PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02Z PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
5 EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04F 26V DC
6 EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04D 26V DC
7 EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04B 26V DC
8 EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04Z 26V DC

362 / 458 Cabling #631: Power supply (26VDC) for the ATB-Y print inside the control box EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#633: Power supply (26VDC) for the EB print inside the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF S2 EB-01 24F PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
2 EPDAF S2 EB-01 24D PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
3 EPDAF S2 EB-01 24B PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
4 EPDAF S2 EB-01 24Z PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
5 EPDAF S1 EB-01 16F 26V DC
6 EPDAF S1 EB-01 16D 26V DC
7 EPDAF S1 EB-01 16B 26V DC
8 EPDAF S1 EB-01 16Z 26V DC
#640: Valve for the suction nozzle

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH TRIAX20 13 XC640 01 +26VDC1
BR TRIAX20 07 XC640 02 VSU

EN120111N Cabling #633: Power supply (26VDC) for the EB print inside the control box 363 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#641: Waste cutter RHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH TRIAX20 09 XC641 01 WSTCTA+
BR TRIAX20 11 XC641 02 WSTCTA-
GR TRIAX20 10 XC641 03 WSTCTB+
YW TRIAX20 12 XC641 04 WSTCTB-
#642: Valve for clamp on RHS tucking-in

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH TRIAX20 14 XC642 01 26VTIRHS/VLCASUTI
BR TRIAX20 08 XC642 02 VTIRHS/VLCASUTI
#643: Warp stop motion detection RHS (NQSC)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB12 29 XC643 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
BR MCB12 21 XC643 02 LED1
GR MCB12 14 XC643 03 LGDRHS
YW MCB12 03 XC643 04 WDRHS
GY MCB12 27 XC643 05 26VDC2

364 / 458 Cabling #641: Waste cutter RHS EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#644: Warp stop motion detection LHS (NQSC)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB12 30 XC644 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
BR MCB12 20 XC644 02 LED2
GR MCB12 37 XC644 03 LGDLHS
YW MCB12 04 XC644 04 WDLHS
GY MCB12 28 XC644 05 26VDC2
#645: Waste yarns detection RHS (NQSC)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB12 36 XC645 01 LGD
BR MCB12 25 XC645 02 WYDRHS
#646: Waste yarns detection LHS (NQSC)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB12 23 XC646 01 LGD
BR MCB12 06 XC646 02 WYDLHS
#647: Safety switch fancy beam (NQSC)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB11 11 XC647 01 +26VDCL2
BR MCB11 12 XC647 02 PXFASFTY

EN120111N Cabling #644: Warp stop motion detection LHS (NQSC) 365 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#648: Back rest, motor warp stop motion without drop wires (NQSC)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BL QWDDL 02 XC648 01 WDDL
BR QWDDL 04 XC648 04 WDDL
#649: Loadcell 1 (TSF) (NQSC)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


GR MCB05 05 XC649 05 +26VDCL1
WH MCB05 36 XC649 03 DTWT1
BR MCB05 17 XC649 01 LGD
YW MCB05 03 XC649 02 DTWTCAL1
DRAINWIRE MCB05 18 XC649 04 LGD
#652: IRO prewinder cable with PICAN communication

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EPDAF02 02 XC652 02 MSCANH_1
BR EPDAF02 11 XC652 03 MSCANL_1
GR EPDAF02 20 XC652 06 PT1024H1
YW EPDAF02 29 XC652 07 PT1024L1
GY EPDAF02 28 XC652 04 EVENTLINE
RD EPDAF02 19 XC652 01 26VDCPICAN

366 / 458 Cabling #648: Back rest, motor warp stop motion without drop wires (NQSC) EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BK EPDAF02 10 XC652 05 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
DRAINWIRE EPDAF02 01 XC652 08 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
#653A: ESLHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 EPDAF11 01 XC653A 01 ES1IN
2 EPDAF11 02 XC653A 02 ES1
3 EPDAF11 03 XC653A 03 ES2IN
4 EPDAF11 04 XC653A 04 ES2
5 EPDAF11 05 XC653A 05 26VDC2
6 EPDAF11 06 XC653A 06 WL
#654: Connection between the EPDAF and the MCB print in the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EPDAF08 01 MCB05 29 SENSE SGD
BR EPDAF08 02 MCB05 32 SENSE DTI
GR EPDAF08 03 MCB05 34 F26VDCOK
YW EPDAF08 04 MCB01 02 DD1
GY EPDAF08 05 MCB01 14 DD2
PK EPDAF08 06 MCB09 06 WL
BL EPDAF08 08 MCB10 06 ESDC

EN120111N Cabling #653A: ESLHS 367 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#664: PICAN from the filling detector box (FDCB) to the CAN dobby

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC664 B XC664 B MSCANH_3
BR XC664 C XC664 C MSCANL_3
GR XC664 F XC664 F PT1024H1
YW XC664 G XC664 G PT1024L1
GY XC664 - XC664 - EVENTLINE
RD XC664 A XC664 A 26V DC
BK XC664 E XC664 E PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC664 H XC664 H Shield_MSCAN
#665: CAN communication between the MCB and the TRIAX in the control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB01 16 TRIAX18 06 TXCAN+
BR MCB01 17 TRIAX18 07 TXCAN-
GR MCB01 23 TRIAX18 08 RXCAN+
YW MCB01 22 TRIAX18 09 RXCAN-
DRAINWIRE Shield_CAN

368 / 458 Cabling #664: PICAN from the filling detector box (FDCB) to the CAN dobby EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#672: LDEC---> SUMO

Wire From Point To Point Signal


1 LDEC A3 XSUMO A1 Ph.A
2 LDEC A1 XSUMO A2 Ph.A
3 LDEC C1 XSUMO C1 Ph.C
4 LDEC C3 XSUMO C2 Ph.C
5 LDEC B3 XSUMO B1 Ph.B
6 LDEC B1 XSUMO B2 Ph.B
7 LDEC D1 XSUMO D1 Ph.D
8 LDEC D3 XSUMO D2 Ph.D
OUTER LDEC heatsink XSUMO cover
SHIELDING

#677: Integrated air flow meter

Wire From Point To Point Signal


BR MCB05 07 XC677 01 +26V DC
WH MCB05 20 XC677 02 AIRCON1
BL MCB05 30 XC677 03 LGD

EN120111N Cabling #672: LDEC---> SUMO 369 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#691: Detection thermal lubrication

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB05 09 XC691 01 +26VDC
BR MCB05 13 XC691 02 DTTHLU

#692: Detection Lubrication Filter

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB11 21 XC692 01 +26VDCL2
BR MCB11 14 XC692 02 DTLUFL

#694: Valve pick finding

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB09 01 XC694 01 VPF
BR MCB09 19 XC694 02 PGDR

#695: Valve clamp tucking in LHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH AIB07 32 XC695 01 26V VCLTILHS
BR AIB07 33 XC695 02 VCLTILHS

370 / 458 Cabling #691: Detection thermal lubrication EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#696A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 1&2 (VLRA 1&2C)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH AIB07 17 XC696A 01 26VVLRA1
BR AIB07 18 XC696A 02 VLRA1
GR AIB07 36 XC696A 03 26VVLRA2
YW AIB07 19 XC696A 04 VLRA2

#696B: Valve low reverse airflow channel 1&2 (VLRA 1&2C)

Cable name Wire Point in connector


VLRA1 WH 1
BR 2
VLRA2 WH 3
BR 4

#697A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 3&4 (VLRA 3&4C)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-X01 22F XC697A 01 26VVLRA3
BR CEB-X01 22D XC697A 04 VLRA3
GR CEB-X01 22B XC697A 07 26VVLRA4
YW CEB-X01 22Z XC697A 10 VLRA4

EN120111N Cabling #696A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 1&2 (VLRA 1&2C) 371 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#698A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 5&6 (VLRA 5&6C)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Y01 22F XC698A 02 26VVLRA5
BR CEB-Y01 22D XC698A 05 VLRA5
GR CEB-Y01 22B XC698A 08 26VVLRA6
YW CEB-Y01 22Z XC698A 11 VLRA6

#699A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 7&8 (VLRA 7&8C)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH CEB-Z01 22F XC699A 03 26VVLRA7
BR CEB-Z01 22D XC699A 06 VLRA7
GR CEB-Z01 22B XC699A 09 26VVLRA8
YW CEB-Z01 22Z XC699A 12 VLRA8

372 / 458 Cabling #698A: Valve low reverse airflow channel 5&6 (VLRA 5&6C) EN120111N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#697B, #698B, #699B: Valve low reverse airflow channel 3-8 (VLRA 3-8C)

Cable name Wire Point in connector


VLRA3 WH 1
BR 4
VLRA4 WH 7
BR 10
VLRA5 WH 2
BR 5
VLRA6 WH 8
BR 11
VLRA7 WH 3
BR 6
VLRA8 WH 9
BR 12

EN120111N Cabling #697B, #698B, #699B: Valve low reverse airflow channel 3-8 (VLRA 3-8C) 373 / 458
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#706: Detetor Warp Tension (DTWT1)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB05 05 XC706 05 +26VDCL1
BR MCB05 36 XC706 04 DTWT1
GR MCB05 17 XC706 03 LGD
YW MCB05 03 XC706 02 DTWTCAL1
Drainwire MCB05 18 XC706 01 LGD

#707: Detetor Warp Tension (DTWT2)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB05 06 XC707 05 +26VDCL1
BR MCB05 37 XC707 04 DTWT2
GR MCB05 22 XC707 03 LGD
YW MCB05 02 XC707 02 DTWTCAL2
Drainwire MCB05 23 XC707 01 LGD

#710: Let-off motion and pull through push-buttons on control box

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB07 10 PBPTHR 14 +26VDCL2
BR MCB07 20 PBLO 23 PBLOF
GR MCB07 2 PBLO 13 PBLOR
YW MCB07 21 PBPTHR 13 PBPTHR

374 / 458 Cabling #706: Detetor Warp Tension (DTWT1) EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#711: Push-buttons fancy beam (PBFA)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH MCB07 19 PBFA 13 PBFAR
BR MCB07 37 PBFA 23 PBFAF
#714: Cordless valve clamp (CRDL V_CLMP)

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EB-01 02F XC714 01 CRDL_VCLMP+
BR EB-01 02D XC714 02 CRDL_VCLMP-
.

#717: PICAN LHS

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH EPDAF02 02 XC717 B MSCANH_1
BR EPDAF02 11 XC717 C MSCANL_1
GR EPDAF02 20 XC717 F PT1024H1
YW EPDAF02 29 XC717 G PT1024L1
GY EPDAF02 28 XC717 D EVENTLINE
RD EPDAF02 19 XC717 A 26VDCPICAN
BK EPDAF02 10 XC717 E PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE EPDAF02 01 XC717 H PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)

EN120111N Cabling #711: Push-buttons fancy beam (PBFA) 375 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

#718: PICAN Prewinder

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC718 B XC718 02 MSCANH_1
BR XC718 C XC718 03 MSCANL_1
GR XC718 F XC718 06 PT1024H1
YW XC718 G XC718 07 PT1024L1
GY XC718 D XC718 04 EVENTLINE
RD XC718 A XC718 01 26VDCPICAN
BK XC718 E XC718 05 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC718 H XC718 08 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)

#730: CJB to jacquarette

Wire From Point To Point Signal


WH XC730A B XC730B B MSCANH_3
BR XC730A C XC730B C MSCANL_3
GR XC730A F XC730B F PT1024H1
YW XC730A G XC730B G PT1024L1
GY XC730A - XC730B - EVENTLINE
RD XC730A A XC730B A 26VDC
BK XC730A E XC730B E PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
DRAINWIRE XC730A H XC730B H Shield_MSCAN

376 / 458 Cabling #718: PICAN Prewinder EN120111N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

Print connections
Based on This part is based upon I7980-70.xls (cable list).
Contents This section contains the following subjects:
• AIB print.................................................................................................................................... 378
• ATB_X print .............................................................................................................................. 385
• ATB_Y print .............................................................................................................................. 388
• BPO print.................................................................................................................................. 391
• CEB_X print.............................................................................................................................. 392
• CEB_Y-print ............................................................................................................................. 397
• CEB_Z-print.............................................................................................................................. 402
• DDMP print............................................................................................................................... 406
• EB-print .................................................................................................................................... 408
• EPDAF/A print .......................................................................................................................... 411
• FDCB-CN-module .................................................................................................................... 422
• IPS module............................................................................................................................... 423
• LDEC........................................................................................................................................ 425
• MCB print ................................................................................................................................. 428
• MIDB/A print ............................................................................................................................. 443
• PB print..................................................................................................................................... 444
• TRIAX print............................................................................................................................... 445
• WEB_X-print............................................................................................................................. 451
• WEB_Y-print............................................................................................................................. 454
• WEB_Z-print............................................................................................................................. 457

EN110410N Print connections > 377 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

AIB print
Connections

AIB-08
AIB-07

AIB-09

AIB-01
AIB-06

AIB-10

AIB-05

AIB-11

AIB-03

AIB-04

AIB-02

378 / 458 Print connections > AIB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

AIB-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
AIB03 01 XC51 01 51 01 MFICTA+
AIB03 02 XC51 02 51 02 MFICTA-
AIB03 03 XC51 03 51 03 MFICTA+
AIB03 04 XC51 04 51 04 MFICTB-
AIB03 07 XC396 A 396 01 MESRHSA+ motor ELSYRHS A+
AIB03 08 XC396 B 396 02 MESRHSA- motor ELSYRHS A-
AIB03 09 XC396 C 396 03 MESRHSB+ motor ELSYRHS B+
AIB03 10 XC396 D 396 04 MESRHSB- motor ELSYRHS B-
AIB03 11 XC396 F 396 05 26VPBESRHS
AIB03 12 XC396 H 396 06 PBESRHS
AIB-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
AIB04 01 EPDAF14 01 136 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
AIB04 02 EPDAF14 04 136 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
AIB04 03 EPDAF14 05 136 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
AIB04 04 EPDAF14 08 136 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
AIB04 05 EPDAF14 09 136 05 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
AIB04 06 EPDAF14 12 136 06 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
AIB04 07 EPDAF14 02 136 07 26V DC
AIB04 08 EPDAF14 06 136 08 26V DC
AIB04 09 EPDAF14 07 136 09 26V DC

EN110410N Print connections > AIB print 379 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


AIB04 10 EPDAF14 10 136 10 26V DC
AIB04 11 EPDAF14 11 136 11 26V DC
AIB04 12 EPDAF14 03 136 12 +41VDC
AIB-05
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
AIB05 01 XC340A 01 340A BR VRN1- Valve relay nozzle1-
AIB05 02 XC340A 02 340A YW VRN2- Valve relay nozzle2-
AIB05 03 XC340A 03 340A PK VRN3- Valve relay nozzle3-
AIB05 04 XC340A 04 340A RD VRN4- Valve relay nozzle4-
AIB05 05 XC340A 05 340A VT VRN5- Valve relay nozzle5-
AIB05 06 XC340A 06 340A RD/BL VRN6- Valve relay nozzle6-
AIB05 07 XC340A 07 340A BR/GR VRN7- Valve relay nozzle7-
AIB05 08 XC340A 08 340A YW/BR VRN8- Valve relay nozzle8-
AIB05 09 XC340A 09 340A GY/BR VRN9- Valve relay nozzle9-
AIB05 10 XC340A 10 340A PK/BR VRN10- Valve relay nozzle10-
AIB05 11 XC340A 11 340A BR/BL VRN11- Valve relay nozzle11-
AIB05 12 XC340A 12 340A BR/RD VRN12- Valve relay nozzle12-
AIB05 13 XC340A 13 340A BR/BK VRN13- Valve relay nozzle13-
AIB05 14 XC340A 14 340A YW/GY VRN14- Valve relay nozzle14-
AIB05 15 XC340A 15 340A YW/PK VRN15- Valve relay nozzle15-
AIB05 16 XC340A 16 340A YW/BL VRN16- Valve relay nozzle16-
AIB05 17 XC340A 17 340A YW/RD VRN17- Valve relay nozzle17-
AIB05 18 XCVSN 02 36 BR VSN- Valve stretching nozzle
AIB05 19 XCVSNEX 02 36 YW VSNEX-/VCLTI(EX)- Valve stretching nozzle
extractor or VCLTI extra
AIB05 20 XC340A 20 340A WH VRN1+ Valve relay nozzle1+
AIB05 21 XC340A 21 340A GR VRN2+ Valve relay nozzle2+

380 / 458 Print connections > AIB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


AIB05 22 XC340A 22 340A GY VRN3+ Valve relay nozzle3+
AIB05 23 XC340A 23 340A BL VRN4+ Valve relay nozzle4+
AIB05 24 XC340A 24 340A BK VRN5+ Valve relay nozzle5+
AIB05 25 XC340A 25 340A GY/PK VRN6+ Valve relay nozzle6+
AIB05 26 XC340A 26 340A WH/GR VRN7+ Valve relay nozzle7+
AIB05 27 XC340A 27 340A WH/YW VRN8+ Valve relay nozzle8+
AIB05 28 XC340A 28 340A WH/GY VRN9+ Valve relay nozzle9+
AIB05 29 XC340A 29 340A WH/PK VRN10+ Valve relay nozzle10+
AIB05 30 XC340A 30 340A WH/BL VRN11+ Valve relay nozzle11+
AIB05 31 XC340A 31 340A WH/RD VRN12+ Valve relay nozzle12+
AIB05 32 XC340A 32 340A WH/BK VRN13+ Valve relay nozzle13+
AIB05 33 XC340A 33 340A GY/GR VRN14+ Valve relay nozzle14+
AIB05 34 XC340A 34 340A PK/GR VRN15+ Valve relay nozzle15+
AIB05 35 XC340A 35 340A GR/BL VRN16+ Valve relay nozzle16+
AIB05 36 XC340A 36 340A GR/RD VRN17+ Valve relay nozzle17+
AIB05 37 XCVSN 01 36 WH VSN+ Valve stretching nozzle
AIB-06
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
AIB06 01 XC552 01 552 WH VMNF1+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 1+
AIB06 02 XC552 02 552 BR VMNF1- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 1-
AIB06 03 XC553 01 553 WH VMNM1+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
1+
AIB06 04 XC553 02 553 BR VMNM1- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
1-
AIB06 05 XC552 05 552 GY QNF1A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 1A+
AIB06 06 XC552 07 552 BL QNF1B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 1B+
AIB06 07 XC552 08 552 RD QNF1B- Q-Nominal Fixed 1B-

EN110410N Print connections > AIB print 381 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


AIB06 08 XC552 06 552 PK QNF1A- Q-Nominal Fixed 1A-
AIB06 09 XC553 05 553 GY QNM1A+ Q-Nominal Moving 1A+
AIB06 10 XC553 07 553 BL QNM1B+ Q-Nominal Moving 1B+
AIB06 11 XC553 08 553 RD QNM1B- Q-Nominal Moving 1B-
AIB06 12 XC553 06 553 PK QNM1A- Q-Nominal Moving 1A-
AIB06 13 XCVSNEX 01 36 GR VSNEX+/VCLTI(EX)+ Valve stretching nozzle
extractor or VCLTI extra
AIB06 14 XC552 03 552 GR VMNF2+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 2+
AIB06 15 XC552 04 552 YW VMNF2- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 2-
AIB06 16 XC553 03 553 GR VMNM2+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
2+
AIB06 17 XC553 04 553 YW VMNM2- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
2-
AIB06 18 XC552 09 552 BK QNF2A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 2A+
AIB06 19 XC552 11 552 GY/PK QNF2B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 2B+
AIB06 20 XC552 12 552 RD/BL QNF2B- Q-Nominal Fixed 2B-
AIB06 21 XC552 10 552 VT QNF2A- Q-Nominal Fixed 2A-
AIB06 22 XC553 09 553 BK QNM2A+ Q-Nominal Moving 2A+
AIB06 23 XC553 11 553 GY/PK QNM2B+ Q-Nominal Moving 2B+
AIB06 24 XC553 12 553 RD/BL QNM2B- Q-Nominal Moving 2B-
AIB06 25 XC553 10 553 VT QNM2A- Q-Nominal Moving 2A-
AIB-07
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
AIB07 01 XC552 13 552 WH/GR ELCAF1A+ ELCA Fixed 1A+
AIB07 02 XC552 15 552 WH/YW ELCAF1B+ ELCA Fixed 1B+
AIB07 03 XC552 16 552 YW/BR ELCAF1B- ELCA Fixed 1B-
AIB07 04 XC552 14 552 BR/GR ELCAF1A- ELCA Fixed 1A+

382 / 458 Print connections > AIB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


AIB07 05 XC553 13 553 WH/GR ELCAM1A+ ELCA Moving 1A+
AIB07 06 XC553 15 553 WH/YW ELCAM1B+ ELCA Moving 1B+
AIB07 07 XC553 16 553 YW/BR ELCAM1B- ELCA Moving 1B-
AIB07 08 XC553 14 553 BR/GR ELCAM1A- ELCA Moving 1A-
AIB07 09 XC367A 01 367A WH MPFT1A+
AIB07 10 XC367A 03 367A GR MPFT1B+
AIB07 11 XC367A 04 367A YW MPFT1B-
AIB07 12 XC367A 02 367A BR MPFT1A-
AIB07 17 XC696A 01 696A WH 26VVLRA1 26V supply Valve reverse airflow C1
AIB07 18 XC696A 02 696A BR VLRA1 Valve reverse airflow C1
AIB07 19 XC696A 04 696A YW VLRA2 Valve reverse airflow C2
AIB07 20 XC552 17 552 WH/GY ELCAF2A+ ELCA Fixed 2A+
AIB07 21 XC552 19 552 WH/PK ELCAF2B+ ELCA Fixed 2B+
AIB07 22 XC552 20 552 PK/BR ELCAF2B- ELCA Fixed 2B-
AIB07 23 XC552 18 552 GY/BR ELCAF2A- ELCA Fixed 2A-
AIB07 24 XC553 17 553 WH/GY ELCAM2A+ ELCA Moving 2A+
AIB07 25 XC553 19 553 WH/PK ELCAM2B+ ELCA Moving 2B+
AIB07 26 XC553 20 553 PK/BR ELCAM2B- ELCA Moving 2B-
AIB07 27 XC553 18 553 GY/BR ELCAM2A- ELCA Moving 2A-
AIB07 28 XC367A 05 367A GY MPFT2A+
AIB07 29 XC367A 07 367A BL MPFT2B+
AIB07 30 XC367A 08 367A RD MPFT2B-
AIB07 31 XC367A 06 367A PK MPFT2A-
AIB07 32 XC695 01 695 WH 26VVCLTILHS 26V supply VCLTILHS
AIB07 33 XC695 02 695 BR VCLTILHS Valve CLTILHS
AIB07 36 XC696A 03 696A GR 26VVLRA2 26V supply Valve reverse airflow C2

EN110410N Print connections > AIB print 383 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

AIB-08
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
AIB08 14 XCCH1 A 45 WH +12VBOCH
AIB08 14 XC46 A 46 WH +12VBOCH
AIB08 14 XC47 A 47 WH +12VBOCH
AIB08 15 XCCH1 C 45 YW MGDBOCH
AIB08 15 XC46 H 46 RD MGDBOCH
AIB08 15 XC47 H 47 PK MGDBOCH
AIB08 16 XCCH1 B 45 BR BOCH1
AIB08 16 XC46 B 46 BR BOCH1
AIB08 16 XC47 B 47 BR BOCH1
AIB08 17 XCCH2 B 45 GR BOCH2
AIB08 17 XC46 C 46 GR BOCH2
AIB08 17 XC48 C 48 BR BOCH2
AIB-10
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
AIB10 01 EPDAF04 16 609 01 +5V DC
AIB10 02 EPDAF04 14 609 02 LGD
AIB10 03 EPDAF04 15 609 03 +12V DC
AIB10 04 EPDAF04 17 609 04 +5V DC
AIB10 05 EPDAF04 18 609 05 LGD
AIB10 06 EPDAF04 13 609 06 +26VDCS

384 / 458 Print connections > AIB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

ATB_X print
Connections
ATB_*-05

ATB_*-02
*=X

ATB_*-04

ATB_*-01

EN110410N Print connections > ATB_X print 385 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

ATB_X-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
ATB-X01 02F EPDAF S2 630 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-X01 02D EPDAF S2 630 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-X01 02B EPDAF S2 630 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-X01 02Z EPDAF S2 630 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-X01 04F EPDAF S1 630 05 26V DC
ATB-X01 04D EPDAF S1 630 06 26V DC
ATB-X01 04B EPDAF S1 630 07 26V DC
ATB-X01 04Z EPDAF S1 630 08 26V DC
ATB-X01 06F XC172 01 172 01 ATIMCTA+RHS
ATB-X01 06D XC172 02 172 02 ATIMCTA-RHS
ATB-X01 06B XC172 03 172 03 ATIMCTB+RHS
ATB-X01 06Z XC172 04 172 04 ATIMCTB-RHS
ATB-X01 08F XC180 01 180 01 ATIMCTA+MID1
ATB-X01 08D XC180 02 180 02 ATIMCTA-MID1
ATB-X01 08B XC180 03 180 03 ATIMCTB+MID1
ATB-X01 08Z XC180 04 180 04 ATIMCTB-MID1
ATB-X01 18F XC602 10 602 10 ATIVUP2-MID1
ATB-X01 18D XC602 09 602 BK ATIVUP2+MID1
ATB-X01 18B XC602 08 602 RD ATIVLOW2-MID1
ATB-X01 18Z XC602 07 602 BL ATIVLOW2+MID1
ATB-X01 20F XC179 04 179 YW ATIVHOLD-MID1
ATB-X01 20F XC602 04 602 YW ATIVLOW1-MID1
ATB-X01 20D XC179 03 179 GR ATIVHOLD+MID1

386 / 458 Print connections > ATB_X print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


ATB-X01 20D XC602 03 602 GR ATIVLOW1+MID1
ATB-X01 20B XC179 02 179 BR ATIVIN-MID1
ATB-X01 20B XC602 02 602 BR ATIVUP1-MID1
ATB-X01 20Z XC179 01 179 WH ATIVIN+MID1
ATB-X01 20Z XC602 01 602 WH ATIVUP1+MID1
ATB-X01 24F XC171 04 171 YW ATIVHOLD-RHS
ATB-X01 24F XC601 04 601 YW ATIVLOW-RHS
ATB-X01 24D XC171 03 171 GR ATIVHOLD+RHS
ATB-X01 24D XC601 03 601 GR ATIVLOW+RHS
ATB-X01 24B XC171 02 171 BR ATIVIN-RHS
ATB-X01 24B XC601 02 601 BR ATIVUP-RHS
ATB-X01 24Z XC171 01 171 WH ATIVIN+RHS
ATB-X01 24Z XC601 01 601 WH ATIVUP+RHS
ATB-X01 26F XC602 06 602 PK ATIVCT-MID1
ATB-X01 26D XC602 05 602 GY ATIVCT+MID1
ATB-X01 26B XC601 06 602 PK ATIVCT-RHS
ATB-X01 26Z XC601 05 601 GY ATIVCT+RHS
ATB-X01 28F XC170 04 170 YW ATIVHOLD-LHS
ATB-X01 28D XC170 03 170 GR ATIVHOLD+LHS
ATB-X01 28B XC170 02 170 BR ATIVIN-LHS
ATB-X01 28Z XC170 01 170 WH ATIVIN+LHS

EN110410N Print connections > ATB_X print 387 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

ATB_Y print
Connections
ATB_*-05

ATB_*-02
*=Y

ATB_*-04

ATB_*-01

ATB_Y-01
388 / 458 Print connections > ATB_Y print EN110410N
Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


ATB-Y01 02F EPDAF S2 631 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-Y01 02D EPDAF S2 631 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-Y01 02B EPDAF S2 631 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-Y01 02Z EPDAF S2 631 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
ATB-Y01 04F EPDAF S1 631 05 26V DC
ATB-Y01 04D EPDAF S1 631 06 26V DC
ATB-Y01 04B EPDAF S1 631 07 26V DC
ATB-Y01 04Z EPDAF S1 631 08 26V DC
ATB-Y01 06F XC182 01 182 01 ATIMCTA+MID2
ATB-Y01 06D XC182 02 182 02 ATIMCTA-MID2
ATB-Y01 06B XC182 03 182 03 ATIMCTB+MID2
ATB-Y01 06Z XC182 04 182 04 ATIMCTB-MID2
ATB-Y01 18F XC604 10 604 VT ATIVUP2-MID3
ATB-Y01 18D XC604 09 604 BK ATIVUP2+MID3
ATB-Y01 18B XC604 08 604 RD ATIVLOW2-MID3
ATB-Y01 18Z XC604 07 604 BL ATIVLOW2+MID3
ATB-Y01 20F XC604 04 604 YW ATIVLOW1-MID3
ATB-Y01 20D XC604 03 604 GR ATIVLOW1+MID3
ATB-Y01 20B XC604 02 604 BR ATIVUP1-MID3
ATB-Y01 20Z XC604 01 604 WH ATIVUP1+MID3
ATB-Y01 22F XC603 10 603 VT ATIVUP2-MID2
ATB-Y01 22D XC603 09 603 BK ATIVUP2+MID2
ATB-Y01 22B XC603 08 603 RD ATIVLOW2-MID2
ATB-Y01 22Z XC603 07 603 BL ATIVLOW+MID2

EN110410N Print connections > ATB_Y print 389 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


ATB-Y01 24F XC181 04 181 YW ATIVHOLD-MID2
ATB-Y01 24F XC603 04 603 YW ATIVLOW1-MID2
ATB-Y01 24D XC181 03 181 GR ATIVHOLD+MID2
ATB-Y01 24D XC603 03 603 GR ATIVLOW1+MID2
ATB-Y01 24B XC181 02 181 BR ATIVIN-MID2
ATB-Y01 24B XC603 02 603 BR ATIVUP1-MID2
ATB-Y01 24Z XC181 01 181 WH ATIVIN+MID2
ATB-Y01 24Z XC603 01 603 WH ATIVUP1+MID2
ATB-Y01 26F XC604 06 604 PK ATIVCT-MID3
ATB-Y01 26D XC604 05 604 GY ATIVCT+MID3
ATB-Y01 26B XC603 06 603 PK ATIVCT-MID2
ATB-Y01 26Z XC603 05 603 GY ATIVCT+MID2
ATB-Y01 32F ATB-Y01 32D WH ATBID Identification ATB-Y board
ATB-Y01 32D ATB-Y01 32F WH ATBID Identification ATB-Y board

390 / 458 Print connections > ATB_Y print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

BPO print
Connections
BPO-10 BPO-09

BPO-01 BPO-02 BPO-03 BPO-04 BPO-05 BPO-06 BPO-07 BPO-08


BPO-09
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
BPO09 01 EPDAF04 03 611 01 +41VDC
BPO09 02 EPDAF04 25 611 02 -12V DC
BPO09 03 EPDAF04 04 611 03 +26VDCS
BPO09 05 EPDAF04 06 611 04 +12V DC
BPO09 07 EPDAF04 07 611 05 +5V DC
BPO09 08 EPDAF04 08 611 06 +5V DC
BPO09 10 EPDAF04 05 611 07 LGD
BPO09 11 EPDAF04 09 611 08 LGD

EN110410N Print connections > BPO print 391 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

CEB_X print
Connections
CEB_*-05

CEB_*-02 CEB_*-03

CEB_*-01 CEB_*-04

*=X

392 / 458 Print connections > CEB_X print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CEB_X-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-X01 02F XC554 13 554 WH/GR ELCAF3A+ ELCA Fixed 3A+
CEB-X01 02D XC554 14 554 BR/GR ELCAF3A- ELCA Fixed 3A-
CEB-X01 02B XC554 15 554 WH/YW ELCAF3B+ ELCA Fixed 3B+
CEB-X01 02Z XC554 16 554 YW/BR ELCAF3B- ELCA Fixed 3B-
CEB-X01 04F XC554 17 554 WH/GY ELCAF4A+ ELCA Fixed 4A+
CEB-X01 04D XC554 18 554 GY/BR ELCAF4A- ELCA Fixed 4A-
CEB-X01 04B XC554 19 554 WH/PK ELCAF4B+ ELCA Fixed 4B+
CEB-X01 04Z XC554 20 349 PK/BR ELCAF4B- ELCA Fixed 4B-
CEB-X01 06F XC555 13 555 WH/GR ELCAM3A+ ELCA Moving 3A+
CEB-X01 06D XC555 14 555 BR/GR ELCAM3A- ELCA Moving 3A-
CEB-X01 06B XC555 15 555 WH/YW ELCAM3B+ ELCA Moving 3B+
CEB-X01 06Z XC555 16 555 YW/BR ELCAM3B- ELCA Moving 3B-
CEB-X01 08F XC555 17 555 WH/GY ELCAM4A+ ELCA Moving 4A+
CEB-X01 08D XC555 18 555 GY/BR ELCAM4A- ELCA Moving 4A-
CEB-X01 08B XC555 19 555 WH/PK ELCAM4B+ ELCA Moving 4B+
CEB-X01 08Z XC555 20 555 PK/BR ELCAM4B- ELCA Moving 4B-
CEB-X01 10F XC368A 01 368A WH MPFT3A+
CEB-X01 10D XC368A 02 368A BR MPFT3A-
CEB-X01 10B XC368A 03 368A GR MPFT3B+
CEB-X01 10Z XC368A 04 368A YW MPFT3B-
CEB-X01 12F XC368A 05 368A GY MPFT4A+
CEB-X01 12D XC368A 06 368A PK MPFT4A-
CEB-X01 12B XC368A 07 368A BL MPFT4B+
CEB-X01 12Z XC368A 08 368A RD MPFT4B-
CEB-X01 16F EPDAF S1 627 05 26V DC
CEB-X01 16D EPDAF S1 627 06 26V DC

EN110410N Print connections > CEB_X print 393 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


CEB-X01 16B EPDAF S1 627 07 26V DC
CEB-X01 16Z EPDAF S1 627 08 26V DC
CEB-X01 22F XC697A 01 697A WH 26VVLRA3 26V valve reverse airflow
C3
CEB-X01 22D XC697A 04 697A BR VLRA3 valve reverse airflow C3
CEB-X01 22B XC697A 07 697A GR 26VVLRA4 26V valve reverse airflow
C4
CEB-X01 22Z XC697A 10 697A YW VLRA4 valve reverse airflow C4
CEB-X01 24F EPDAF S2 627 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-X01 24D EPDAF S2 627 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-X01 24B EPDAF S2 627 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-X01 24Z EPDAF S2 627 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

394 / 458 Print connections > CEB_X print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CEB_X-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-X03 01 XC554 01 554 WH VMNF3+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 3+
CEB-X03 02 XC554 02 554 BR VMNF3- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 3-
CEB-X03 03 XC555 01 555 WH VMNM3+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
3+
CEB-X03 04 XC555 02 555 BR VMNM3- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
3-
CEB-X03 05 XC554 05 554 GY QNF3A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 3A+
CEB-X03 06 XC554 07 554 BL QNF3B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 3B+
CEB-X03 07 XC554 08 554 RD QNF3B- Q-Nominal Fixed 3B-
CEB-X03 08 XC554 06 554 PK QNF3A- Q-Nominal Fixed 3A-
CEB-X03 09 XC555 05 555 GY QNM3A+ Q-Nominal Moving 3A+
CEB-X03 10 XC555 07 555 BL QNM3B+ Q-Nominal Moving 3B+
CEB-X03 11 XC555 08 555 RD QNM3B- Q-Nominal Moving 3B-
CEB-X03 12 XC555 06 555 PK QNM3A- Q-Nominal Moving 3A-
CEB-X03 14 XC554 03 554 GR VMNF4+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 4+
CEB-X03 15 XC554 04 554 YW VMNF4- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 4-
CEB-X03 16 XC555 03 555 GR VMNM4+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
4+
CEB-X03 17 XC555 04 555 YW VMNM4- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
4-
CEB-X03 18 XC554 09 554 BK QNF4A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 4A+
CEB-X03 19 XC554 11 554 GY/PK QNF4B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 4B+
CEB-X03 20 XC554 12 554 RD/BL QNF4B- Q-Nominal Fixed 4B-
CEB-X03 21 XC554 10 554 10 QNF4A- Q-Nominal Fixed 4A-
CEB-X03 22 XC555 09 555 BK QNM4A+ Q-Nominal Moving 4A+
CEB-X03 23 XC555 11 555 GY/PK QNM4B+ Q-Nominal Moving 4B+
CEB-X03 24 XC555 12 555 RD/BL QNM4B- Q-Nominal Moving 4B-

EN110410N Print connections > CEB_X print 395 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


CEB-X03 25 XC555 10 555 VT QNM4A- Q-Nominal Moving 4A-
CEB_X-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-X04 01 XC266 1 266 WH VPMMN +
CEB-X04 04 XC266 2 266 BR VPMMN -
CEB-X04 05 XC48 A 48 WH +12VBOCH
CEB-X04 06 XC48 H 48 PK MGDBOCH
CEB-X04 07 XC46 D 46 YW BOCH3
CEB-X04 07 XC47 D 47 GR BOCH3
CEB-X04 08 XC46 E 46 GY BOCH4
CEB-X04 08 XC48 E 48 GR BOCH4

396 / 458 Print connections > CEB_X print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CEB_Y-print
Connections
CEB_*-05

CEB_*-02 CEB_*-03

CEB_*-01 CEB_*-04

*=Y

EN110410N Print connections > CEB_Y-print 397 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

CEB_Y-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-Y01 02F XC556 13 556 WH/GR ELCAF5A+ ELCA Fixed 5A+
CEB-Y01 02D XC556 14 556 BR/GR ELCAF5A- ELCA Fixed 5A-
CEB-Y01 02B XC556 15 556 WH/YW ELCAF5B+ ELCA Fixed 5B+
CEB-Y01 02Z XC556 16 556 YW/BR ELCAF5B- ELCA Fixed 5B-
CEB-Y01 04F XC556 17 556 WH/GY ELCAF6A+ ELCA Fixed 6A+
CEB-Y01 04D XC556 18 556 GY/BR ELCAF6A- ELCA Fixed 6A-
CEB-Y01 04B XC556 19 556 WH/PK ELCAF6B+ ELCA Fixed 6B+
CEB-Y01 04Z XC556 20 556 PK/BR ELCAF6B- ELCA Fixed 6B-
CEB-Y01 06F XC557 13 557 WH/GR ELCAM5A+ ELCA Moving 5A+
CEB-Y01 06D XC557 14 557 BR/GR ELCAM5A- ELCA Moving 5A-
CEB-Y01 06B XC557 15 557 WH/YW ELCAM5B+ ELCA Moving 5B+
CEB-Y01 06Z XC557 16 557 YW/BR ELCAM5B- ELCA Moving 5B-
CEB-Y01 08F XC557 17 557 WH/GY ELCAM6A+ ELCA Moving 6A+
CEB-Y01 08D XC557 18 557 GY/BR ELCAM6A- ELCA Moving 6A-
CEB-Y01 08B XC557 19 557 WH/PK ELCAM6B+ ELCA Moving 6B+
CEB-Y01 08Z XC557 20 557 PK/BR ELCAM6B- ELCA Moving 6B-
CEB-Y01 10F XC369A 01 369A WH MPFT5A+
CEB-Y01 10D XC369A 02 369A BR MPFT5A-
CEB-Y01 10B XC369A 03 369A GR MPFT5B+
CEB-Y01 10Z XC369A 04 369A YW MPFT5B-
CEB-Y01 12F XC369A 05 369A GY MPFT6A+
CEB-Y01 12D XC369A 06 369A PK MPFT6A-
CEB-Y01 12B XC369A 07 369A BL MPFT6B+
CEB-Y01 12Z XC369A 08 369A RD MPFT6B-
CEB-Y01 16F EPDAF S1 628 05 26V DC
CEB-Y01 16D EPDAF S1 628 06 26V DC

398 / 458 Print connections > CEB_Y-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


CEB-Y01 16B EPDAF S1 628 07 26V DC
CEB-Y01 16Z EPDAF S1 628 08 26V DC
CEB-Y01 22F XC698A 02 698A WH 26VVLRA5 26V valve reverse airflow
C5
CEB-Y01 22D XC698A 05 698A BR VLRA5 valve reverse airflow C5
CEB-Y01 22B XC698A 08 698A GR 26VVLRA6 26V valve reverse airflow
C6
CEB-Y01 22Z XC698A 11 698A YW VLRA6 valve reverse airflow C6
CEB-Y01 24F EPDAF S2 628 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Y01 24D EPDAF S2 628 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Y01 24B EPDAF S2 628 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Y01 24Z EPDAF S2 628 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Y01 32F CEB-Y01 32D WH CEBID Identification CEB-Y board
CEB-Y01 32D CEB-Y01 32F WH CEBID Identification CEB-Y board
CEB_Y-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-Y03 01 XC556 01 556 WH VMNF5+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 5+
CEB-Y03 02 XC556 02 556 BR VMNF5- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 5-
CEB-Y03 03 XC557 01 557 WH VMNM5+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
5+
CEB-Y03 04 XC557 02 557 BR VMNM5- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
5-
CEB-Y03 05 XC556 05 556 GY QNF5A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 5A+
CEB-Y03 06 XC556 07 556 BL QNF5B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 5B+
CEB-Y03 07 XC556 08 556 RD QNF5B- Q-Nominal Fixed 5B-

EN110410N Print connections > CEB_Y-print 399 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


CEB-Y03 08 XC556 06 556 PK QNF5A- Q-Nominal Fixed 5A-
CEB-Y03 09 XC557 05 557 GY QNM5A+ Q-Nominal Moving 5A+
CEB-Y03 10 XC557 07 557 BL QNM5B+ Q-Nominal Moving 5B+
CEB-Y03 11 XC557 08 557 RD QNM5B- Q-Nominal Moving 5B-
CEB-Y03 12 XC557 06 557 PK QNM5A- Q-Nominal Moving 5A-
CEB-Y03 14 XC556 03 556 GR VMNF6+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 6+
CEB-Y03 15 XC556 04 556 YW VMNF6- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 6-
CEB-Y03 16 XC557 03 557 GR VMNM6+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
6+
CEB-Y03 17 XC557 04 557 YW VMNM6- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
6-
CEB-Y03 18 XC556 09 556 BK QNF6A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 6A+
CEB-Y03 19 XC556 11 556 GY/PK QNF6B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 6B+
CEB-Y03 20 XC556 20 556 RD/BL QNF6B- Q-Nominal Fixed 6B-
CEB-Y03 21 XC556 10 556 VT QNF6A- Q-Nominal Fixed 6A-
CEB-Y03 22 XC557 09 557 BK QNM6A+ Q-Nominal Moving 6A+
CEB-Y03 23 XC557 11 557 GY/PK QNM6B+ Q-Nominal Moving 6B+
CEB-Y03 24 XC557 12 557 RD/BL QNM6B- Q-Nominal Moving 6B-
CEB-Y03 25 XC577 10 577 VT QNM6A- Q-Nominal Moving 6A-

400 / 458 Print connections > CEB_Y-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CEB_Y-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-Y04 07 XC46 F 46 PK BOCH5 only in case of 6C
CEB-Y04 07 XC47 F 47 YW BOCH5 only in case of 6C or 8C
CEB-Y04 08 XC46 G 46 BL BOCH6 only in case of 6C
CEB-Y04 08 XC48 G 48 YW BOCH6 only in case of 6C or 8C

EN110410N Print connections > CEB_Y-print 401 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

CEB_Z-print
Connections
CEB_*-05

CEB_*-02 CEB_*-03

CEB_*-01 CEB_*-04

*=Z

402 / 458 Print connections > CEB_Z-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

CEB_Z-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-Z01 02F XC558 13 353 WH/GR ELCAF7A+ ELCA Fixed 7A+
CEB-Z01 02D XC558 14 558 BR/GR ELCAF7A- ELCA Fixed 7A-
CEB-Z01 02B XC558 15 558 WH/YW ELCAF7B+ ELCA Fixed 7B+
CEB-Z01 02Z XC558 16 558 YW/BR ELCAF7B- ELCA Fixed 7B-
CEB-Z01 04F XC558 17 558 WH/GY ELCAF8A+ ELCA Fixed 8A+
CEB-Z01 04D XC558 18 558 GY/BR ELCAF8A- ELCA Fixed 8A-
CEB-Z01 04B XC558 19 558 WH/PK ELCAF8B+ ELCA Fixed 8B+
CEB-Z01 04Z XC558 20 558 PK/BR ELCAF8B- ELCA Fixed 8B-
CEB-Z01 06F XC559 13 559 WH/GR ELCAM7A+ ELCA Moving 7A+
CEB-Z01 06D XC559 14 559 BR/GR ELCAM7A- ELCA Moving 7A-
CEB-Z01 06B XC559 15 559 WH/YW ELCAM7B+ ELCA Moving 7B+
CEB-Z01 06Z XC559 16 559 YW/BR ELCAM7B- ELCA Moving 7B-
CEB-Z01 08F XC559 17 559 WH/GY ELCAM8A+ ELCA Moving 8A+
CEB-Z01 08D XC559 18 559 GY/BR ELCAM8A- ELCA Moving 8A-
CEB-Z01 08B XC559 19 559 WH/PK ELCAM8B+ ELCA Moving 8B+
CEB-Z01 08Z XC559 20 559 PK/BR ELCAM8B- ELCA Moving 8B-
CEB-Z01 10F XC370A 01 370A WH MPFT7A+
CEB-Z01 10D XC370A 02 370A BR MPFT7A-
CEB-Z01 10B XC370A 03 370A GR MPFT7B+
CEB-Z01 10Z XC370A 04 370A YW MPFT7B-
CEB-Z01 12F XC370A 05 370A GY MPFT8A+
CEB-Z01 12D XC370A 06 370A PK MPFT8A-
CEB-Z01 12B XC370A 07 370A BL MPFT8B+
CEB-Z01 12Z XC370A 08 370A RD MPFT8B-
CEB-Z01 16F EPDAF S1 629 5 26V DC
CEB-Z01 16D EPDAF S1 629 06 26V DC

EN110410N Print connections > CEB_Z-print 403 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


CEB-Z01 16B EPDAF S1 629 07 26V DC
CEB-Z01 16Z EPDAF S1 629 08 26V DC
CEB-Z01 22F XC699A 03 699A WH 26VVLRA7 26V valve reverse airflow
C7
CEB-Z01 22D XC699A 06 699A BR VLRA7 valve reverse airflow C7
CEB-Z01 22B XC699A 09 699A GR 26VVLRA8 26V valve reverse airflow
C8
CEB-Z01 22Z XC699A 12 699A YW VLRA8 valve reverse airflow C8
CEB-Z01 24F EPDAF S2 629 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Z01 24D EPDAF S2 629 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Z01 24B EPDAF S2 629 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Z01 24Z EPDAF S2 629 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
CEB-Z01 32Z CEB-Z01 32B WH CEBID Identification CEB-Z board
CEB-Z01 32B CEB-Z01 32Z WH CEBID Identification CEB-Z board
CEB_Z-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-Z03 01 XC558 01 558 WH VMNF7+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 7+
CEB-Z03 02 XC558 02 558 BR VMNF7- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 7-
CEB-Z03 03 XC559 01 559 WH VMNM7+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
7+
CEB-Z03 04 XC559 02 599 BR VMNM7- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
7-
CEB-Z03 05 XC558 05 558 GY QNF7A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 7A+
CEB-Z03 06 XC558 06 558 BL QNF7B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 7B+
CEB-Z03 07 XC558 08 558 RD QNF7B- Q-Nominal Fixed 7B-

404 / 458 Print connections > CEB_Z-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


CEB-Z03 08 XC558 06 558 PK QNF7A- Q-Nominal Fixed 7A-
CEB-Z03 09 XC559 05 559 GY QNM7A+ Q-Nominal Moving 7A+
CEB-Z03 10 XC559 07 559 BL QNM7B+ Q-Nominal Moving 7B+
CEB-Z03 11 XC559 08 559 RD QNM7B- Q-Nominal Moving 7B-
CEB-Z03 12 XC559 06 559 PK QNM7A- Q-Nominal Moving 7A-
CEB-Z03 14 XC558 03 558 GR VMNF8+ Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 8+
CEB-Z03 15 XC558 04 558 YW VMNF8- Valve Main Nozzle Fixed 8-
CEB-Z03 16 XC559 03 559 GR VMNM8+ Valve Main Nozzle Moving
8+
CEB-Z03 17 XC559 04 559 YW VMNM8- Valve Main Nozzle Moving
8-
CEB-Z03 18 XC558 09 558 BK QNF8A+ Q-Nominal Fixed 8A+
CEB-Z03 19 XC558 11 558 GY/PK QNF8B+ Q-Nominal Fixed 8B+
CEB-Z03 20 XC558 12 558 RD/BL QNF8B- Q-Nominal Fixed 8B-
CEB-Z03 21 XC558 10 55 VT QNF8A- Q-Nominal Fixed 8A-
CEB-Z03 22 XC559 09 559 BK QNM8A+ Q-Nominal Moving 8A+
CEB-Z03 23 XC559 11 559 GY/PK QNM8B+ Q-Nominal Moving 8B+
CEB-Z03 24 XC559 12 559 RD/BL QNM8B- Q-Nominal Moving 8B-
CEB-Z03 25 XC559 10 559 VT QNM8A- Q-Nominal Moving 8A-
CEB_Z-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
CEB-Z04 07 XC47 J 47 GY BOCH7 only in case of 8C
CEB-Z04 08 XC48 K 48 GY BOCH8 only in case of 8C

EN110410N Print connections > CEB_Z-print 405 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

DDMP print
Connections
U7 U4 U2

DDMP-02

DDMP-06

DDMP-01

DDMP-03

DDMP-05

406 / 458 Print connections > DDMP print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

DDMP-05
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
DDMP05 01 EPDAF08 12 612 WH DDPB
DDMP05 02 EPDAF08 13 612 BR LGD
DDMP05 03 EPDAF08 14 612 GR PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
DDMP05 04 EPDAF08 15 612 YW ESDC
DDMP05 05 XC67 01 67A WH KMM
DDMP05 06 MCB15 16 WH KMM
U2 (1) Optical connection to LDEC-U9 (1) (receiver).
U4 (2) Optical connection to LDEC-U4 (2) (transmitter).
U7 (3) Not in use

EN110410N Print connections > DDMP print 407 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

EB-print
Connections

EB-05

EB-02 EB-03

EB-01 EB-04

408 / 458 Print connections > EB-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

EB-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EB-01 02F XC376 01 376 WH ELCAF3A+ Tucker +
EB-01 02F XC714 01 714 WH CRDL_VCLMP+
EB-01 02D XC376 02 376 BR ELCAF3A- Tucker -
EB-01 02D XC714 02 714 BR CRDL_VCLMP-
EB-01 02B XC376 03 376 GR ELCAF3B+ Final stretcher +
EB-01 02Z XC376 04 376 YW ELCAF3B- Final stretcher -
EB-01 16F EPDAF 05 633 05 26V DC
EB-01 16D EPDAF 06 633 06 26V DC
EB-01 16B EPDAF 07 633 07 26V DC
EB-01 16Z EPDAF 08 633 08 26V DC
EB-01 24F EPDAF S2 633 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EB-01 24D EPDAF S2 633 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EB-01 24B EPDAF S2 633 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EB-01 24Z EPDAF S2 633 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EB-01 32F EB-01 32D WH EBID Identification EB board
EB-01 32D EB-01 32F WH EBID Identification EB board
EB-01 32B EB-01 32Z WH EBID Identification EB board
EB-01 32Z EB-01 32B WH EBID Identification EB board
EB-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EB-03 05 XC274 01 274 WH VCLMPMN1+
EB-03 06 XC274 03 274 GR VCLMPMN2+

EN110410N Print connections > EB-print 409 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


EB-03 07 XC274 04 274 YW VCLMPMN2-
EB-03 08 XC274 02 274 BR VCLMPMN1-
EB-03 09 XC274 09 274 BK VCLMPMN5+
EB-03 10 XC274 11 274 GY/PK VCLMPMN6+
EB-03 11 XC274 12 274 RD/BL VCLMPMN6-
EB-03 12 XC274 10 274 VT VCLMPMN5-
EB-03 18 XC274 05 274 GY VCLMPMN3+
EB-03 19 XC274 07 274 BL VCLMPMN4+
EB-03 20 XC274 08 274 RD VCLMPMN4-
EB-03 21 XC274 06 274 PK VCLMPMN3-

410 / 458 Print connections > EB-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

EPDAF/A print
Connections

EPDAF-18
EPDAF-02
EPDAF-17

EPDAF-01

EPDAF-04
EPDAF-08
EPDAF-05 EPDAF-06
EPDAF-07 EPDAF-09
EPDAF-11
EPDAF-12
EPDAF-S1
EPDAF-13

EPDAF-S2

EPDAF-14

EPDAF-15

EPDAF-16

EN110410N Print connections > EPDAF/A print 411 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

EPDAF-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF01 01 IPS +12V 573 01 +12V DC
EPDAF01 02 XC572 C 572 03 ESJSUP
EPDAF01 03 XC572 E 572 04 ESJ
EPDAF01 04 IPS COM 573 02 LGD
EPDAF01 05 XC572 B 572 02 ACGD
EPDAF01 06 XC572 A 572 01 48V AC
EPDAF01 07 IPS COM 573 03 LGD
EPDAF01 08 IPS AC48V 573 04 48V AC
EPDAF01 09 IPS ACGD 573 05 48V AC
EPDAF01 10 IPS -12V 573 06 -12V DC

EPDAF-02
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF02 01 XC652 08 652 DRAINWIRE PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
EPDAF02 02 XC652 02 652 WH MSCANH_1
EPDAF02 03 MCB01 08 576 WH MSCANH_1
EPDAF02 04 576 DRAINWIRE Shield_MSCAN
EPDAF02 05 MCB01 10 576 GR MSCANH_2
EPDAF02 07 XC579 B 579 WH MSCANH_2
EPDAF02 08 XC575 B 575 WH MSCANH_2
EPDAF02 09 XC575 H 575 DRAINWIRE PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
EPDAF02 10 XC652 05 652 BK PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
EPDAF02 11 XC652 03 652 BR MSCANL_1
EPDAF02 12 MCB01 04 576 BR MSCANL_1
EPDAF02 14 MCB01 05 576 YW MSCANL_2
EPDAF02 16 XC579 B 579 BR MSCANL_2
EPDAF02 17 XC575 C 575 BR MSCANL_2
EPDAF02 18 XC575 E 575 BK PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
EPDAF02 19 XC652 01 652 RD 26VDCPICAN

412 / 458 Print connections > EPDAF/A print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


EPDAF02 20 XC652 06 652 GR PT1024H1
EPDAF02 22 577 DRAINWIRE Shield_MSCAN
EPDAF02 24 XC579 H 579 DRAINWIRE Shield_MSCAN
EPDAF02 25 XC579 F 579 GR PT1024H
EPDAF02 26 XC575 F 575 GR PT1024H1
EPDAF02 27 XC575 A 575 A 26VDCPICAN
EPDAF02 28 XC652 04 652 GY EVENTLINE
EPDAF02 29 XC652 29 652 YW PT1024L1
EPDAF02 33 XC579 E 579 BK PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
EPDAF02 34 XC579 G 579 YW PT1024L
EPDAF02 35 XC575 G 575 YW PT1024L1
EPDAF02 36 XC575 D 575 GY EVENTLINE

EPDAF-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF04 01 ES 12 571 GR ESCB1(AC)
EPDAF04 02 ES 21 571 BR ESCB2(AC)
EPDAF04 03 BPO09 01 611 01 +41VDC
EPDAF04 04 BPO09 03 611 03 +26VDCS
EPDAF04 05 BPO09 10 611 07 LGD
EPDAF04 06 BPO09 05 611 04 +12V DC
EPDAF04 07 BPO09 07 611 05 +5V DC
EPDAF04 08 BPO09 08 611 06 +5V DC
EPDAF04 09 BPO09 11 611 08 LGD
EPDAF04 10 PBPWRON 14 571 YW ESAC
EPDAF04 11 ES 11 571 WH 26VDC2
EPDAF04 12 MCB15 04 567 06 48V AC
EPDAF04 13 AIB10 06 609 06 +26VDCS
EPDAF04 14 AIB10 02 609 02 LGD
EPDAF04 15 AIB10 03 609 03 +12V DC
EPDAF04 16 AIB10 01 609 01 +5V DC

EN110410N Print connections > EPDAF/A print 413 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


EPDAF04 17 AIB10 04 609 04 +5V DC
EPDAF04 18 AIB10 05 609 05 LGD
EPDAF04 19 MCB03 06 566 06 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF04 20 MCB03 03 566 03 +26V DC
EPDAF04 21 MCB15 18 567 07 ACGD
EPDAF04 22 MCB03 10 566 09 +26VDCS
EPDAF04 23 MCB03 09 566 08 LGD
EPDAF04 24 MCB03 08 566 07 +12V DC
EPDAF04 25 BPO09 02 611 02 -12V DC
EPDAF04 26 MCB03 02 566 02 +5V DC
EPDAF04 27 MCB03 11 566 10 LGD
EPDAF04 28 MCB16 05 567 05 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF04 29 MCB16 01 567 01 +26VDC2
EPDAF04 30 MCB16 04 567 04 +41VDC
EPDAF04 31 MCB16 03 567 03 +26VDCS
EPDAF04 32 MCB16 02 567 02 LGD
EPDAF04 33 MCB03 05 566 05 -12V DC
EPDAF04 34 MCB03 01 566 01 26ESDC
EPDAF04 35 MCB03 04 566 04 +5V DC
EPDAF04 36 MCB03 12 566 11 LGD

EPDAF-06
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF06 01 XC605A 01 605A 01 ES1IN
EPDAF06 02 XC605A 02 605A 02 ES1
EPDAF06 03 XC605A 03 605A 03 ES2IN
EPDAF06 04 XC605A 04 605A 04 ES2
EPDAF06 05 XC605A 05 605A 05 26VDC2
EPDAF06 06 XC605A 06 605A 06 WL

414 / 458 Print connections > EPDAF/A print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

EPDAF-08
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF08 01 MCB05 29 654 WH SENSE SGD
EPDAF08 02 MCB05 34 654 BR SENSE DTI
EPDAF08 03 MCB05 34 654 GR F26VDCOK
EPDAF08 04 MCB01 02 654 YW DD1
EPDAF08 05 MCB01 14 654 GY DD2
EPDAF08 06 MCB09 06 654 PK WL
EPDAF08 08 MCB10 06 654 BL ESDC
EPDAF08 13 DDMP05 02 583 WH LGD
EPDAF08 14 DDMP05 03 583 BR PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF08 15 DDMP05 04 583 GR ESDC

EPDAF-11
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF11 01 XC653A 01 653A 01 ES1IN
EPDAF11 02 XC653A 02 653A 02 ES1
EPDAF11 03 XC653A 03 653A 03 ES2IN
EPDAF11 04 XC653A 04 653A 04 ES2
EPDAF11 05 XC653A 05 653A 05 26VDC2
EPDAF11 06 XC653A 06 653A 06 WL

PDAF-12
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF12 02 XC585 01 585 01 +290V
EPDAF12 03 TRIAX15 01 586 01 +290V
EPDAF12 04 TRIAX15 02 586 02 +290V
EPDAF12 07 TRIAX15 04 586 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

EN110410N Print connections > EPDAF/A print 415 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


EPDAF12 08 TRIAX15 05 586 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF12 09 XC585 02 585 03 26VDC1
EPDAF12 10 XC585 03 585 03 290GD
EPDAF12 11 TRIAX16 11 587 04 LGD
EPDAF12 12 TRIAX16 01 587 01 +5V DC
EPDAF12 13 TRIAX16 12 587 09 +26VDC1
EPDAF12 14 TRIAX16 10 587 08 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF12 15 TRIAX16 08 587 07 LGD
EPDAF12 16 TRIAX16 05 587 05 +5V DC
EPDAF12 21 TRIAX16 03 587 03 DD2
EPDAF12 22 TRIAX16 07 587 06 -12V DC
EPDAF12 24 TRIAX16 02 587 02 +12V DC

EPDAF-14
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF14 01 AIB04 01 610 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 02 AIB04 07 610 07 26V DC
EPDAF14 03 AIB04 12 610 12 +41VDC
EPDAF14 04 AIB04 02 610 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

416 / 458 Print connections > EPDAF/A print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


EPDAF14 05 AIB04 03 610 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 06 AIB04 08 610 08 26V DC
EPDAF14 07 AIB04 09 610 09 26V DC
EPDAF14 08 AIB04 04 610 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 09 AIB04 05 610 05 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 10 AIB04 10 610 10 26V DC
EPDAF14 11 AIB04 11 610 11 26V DC
EPDAF14 12 AIB04 06 610 06 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 13 WEB_X05 01 613 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 14 WEB-X05 04 613 04 26V DC
EPDAF14 15 WEB-Y05 04 614 04 26V DC
EPDAF14 16 WEB-Y05 01 614 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 17 WEB-X05 02 613 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 18 WEB-X05 05 613 05 26V DC
EPDAF14 19 WEB-Y05 05 614 05 26V DC
EPDAF14 20 WEB-Y05 02 614 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 21 WEB-X05 03 613 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF14 22 WEB-X05 06 613 06 26V DC
EPDAF14 23 WEB-Y05 23 614 06 26V DC
EPDAF14 24 WEB-Y05 24 614 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

EN110410N Print connections > EPDAF/A print 417 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

EPDAF-16
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF16 01 IPS +290V 597 01 +290V
EPDAF16 02 IPS +290V 597 02 +290V
EPDAF16 03 IPS -290V 597 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF16 04 IPS -290V 597 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

418 / 458 Print connections > EPDAF/A print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

EPDAF-S1
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
EPDAF S1 WEB-Z05 04 615 04 26V DC
EPDAF S1 WEB-Z05 05 615 05 26V DC
EPDAF S1 WEB-Z05 06 615 06 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16F 627 05 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16D 627 06 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16B 627 07 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-X01 16Z 627 08 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16F 628 05 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16D 628 06 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16B 628 07 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Y01 16Z 628 08 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16F 629 05 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16D 629 06 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16B 629 07 26V DC
EPDAF S1 CEB-Z01 16Z 629 08 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04F 630 05 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04D 630 06 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04B 630 07 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-X01 04Z 630 08 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04F 631 05 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04D 631 06 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04B 631 07 26V DC
EPDAF S1 ATB-Y01 04Z 631 08 26V DC
EPDAF S1 EB01 16F 633 05 26V DC
EPDAF S1 EB01 16D 633 06 26V DC
EPDAF S1 EB01 16B 633 07 26V DC
EPDAF S1 EB01 16Z 633 08 26V DC

EPDAF-S2

EN110410N Print connections > EPDAF/A print 419 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


EPDAF S2 WEB-Z05 01 615 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 WEB-Z05 02 615 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 WEB-Z05 03 615 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24F 627 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24D 627 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24B 627 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-X01 24Z 627 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24F 628 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24D 628 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24B 628 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Y01 24Z 628 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24F 629 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24D 629 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24B 629 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 CEB-Z01 24Z 629 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02F 630 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02D 630 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

420 / 458 Print connections > EPDAF/A print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02B 630 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 ATB-X01 02Z 630 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02F 631 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02D 631 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02B 631 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 ATB-Y01 02Z 631 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 EB01 24F 633 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 EB01 24D 633 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 EB01 24B 633 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
EPDAF S2 EB01 24Z 633 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)

EN110410N Print connections > EPDAF/A print 421 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

FDCB-CN-module
Connections

422 / 458 Print connections > FDCB-CN-module EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

IPS module
Connections

L1

L2

L3

TB1 -290V

-290V

+290V

+290V

+5V
-5V
+12V
COM
-12V
DCOK
TB201 ACOK
48VAC
ACGD
+26V
+26V
-26V
-26V

IPS-TB1
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
IPS L1 KSFTY 01 BK

EN110410N Print connections > IPS module 423 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


IPS L2 KSFTY 03 BK
IPS - B1. KSFTY 05 BK
IPS X01 YW/GR
IPS -290V EPDAF16 03 597 03 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
IPS -290V EPDAF16 04 597 04 PGD (POTENTIAL GROUND)
IPS +290V EPDAF16 01 597 01 +290V
IPS +290V EPDAF16 02 597 02 +290V
IPS-TB201
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
IPS +5V EPDAF13 04 BK +5V DC
IPS -5V EPDAF13 01 RD LGD
IPS +12V EPDAF01 01 573 01 +12V DC
IPS COM EPDAF01 04 573 02 LGD
IPS COM EPDAF01 07 573 03 LGD
IPS -12V EPDAF01 10 573 06 -12V DC
IPS DCOK MCB05 33 608 BR PG/ID
IPS ACOK MCB05 14 608 WH PWF
IPS 48V AC EPDAF01 08 573 04 48V AC
IPS ACGD EPDAF01 09 573 05 48V AC
IPS +26V EPDAF15 01 RD +26V DC
IPS +26V
IPS -26V EPDAF15 02 BK LGD
IPS -26V

424 / 458 Print connections > IPS module EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDEC
Connections

-A+ -C+ DUMP RST -B+ -D+

U3
DD U4

EN110410N Print connections > LDEC 425 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

LDEC-R S T
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
LDEC R KMM 2 KMM-->LDEC 1
LDEC S KMM 4 KMM-->LDEC 2
LDEC T KMM 6 KMM-->LDEC 3
LDEC X1 KMM-->LDEC YW/GR

LDEC-A
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
LDEC A1 SUMO A2 LDEC-->SUMO 2
A/C
LDEC A3 SUMO A1 LDEC-->SUMO 1
A/C
LDEC-C
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
LDEC C1 SUMO C1 LDEC-->SUMO 3
A/C
LDEC C3 SUMO C2 LDEC-->SUMO 4
A/C

426 / 458 Print connections > LDEC EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

LDEC-B
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
LDEC B1 SUMO B2 LDEC-->SUMO 2
A/C
LDEC B3 SUMO B1 LDEC-->SUMO 1
A/C
LDEC-D
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
LDEC D1 SUMO D1 LDEC-->SUMO 3
A/C
LDEC D3 SUMO D2 LDEC-->SUMO 4
A/C
LDEC-DUMP Connection to the DUMP resistance.
LDEC-DD
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
LDEC DD1 DDMP05 1 429 WH DDPB
LDEC DD4 MCB15 20 429 BR LGD
LDEC-U3 (2) optical connection to DDMP-U4 (2) (receiver).
LDEC-U4 (1) optical connection to DDMP-U2 (1) (transmitter)

EN110410N Print connections > LDEC 427 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

MCB print
Connections
MCB-U142
MCB-U147 MCB-01
MCB-U157 MCB-U215
MCB-02

MCB-17 MCB-03

MCB-23
MCB-14

MCB-04 MCB-18
MCB-19
MCB-13
MCB-05
MCB-21
MCB-22

MCB-12 MCB-06

MCB-15
MCB-11 MCB-07
MCB-16

MCB-08
MCB-09
MCB-10

428 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

MCB-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB01 01 XTERM 01 102 GY 26V DC
MCB01 02 EPDAF08 04 654 YW DD1
MCB01 03 XTERM 02 102 PK PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
MCB01 04 EPDAF02 12 576 BR MSCANL_1
MCB01 05 EPDAF02 14 576 YW MSCANL_2
MCB01 06 XCOMP 03 60 WH LGD
MCB01 08 EPDAF02 03 576 WH MSCANH_1
MCB01 09 PDGN F 320 BK PGD (POTENTIAL power ground
GROUND)
MCB01 10 EPDAF02 05 576 GR MSCANH_2
MCB01 14 EPDAF08 05 654 GY DD2
MCB01 16 TRIAX18 06 665 WH TXCAN+
MCB01 17 TRIAX18 07 665 BR TXCAN-
MCB01 20 XC101A 02 101A BL RTXHS-
MCB01 21 XC101A 01 101A WH RTXHS+
MCB01 22 TRIAX18 09 665 YW RXCAN-
MCB01 23 TRIAX18 08 665 GR RXCAN+
MCB-02
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB02 01 XCOMP 11 60 BL VCOMP parallel communication
MCB02 02 XCOMP 06 60 BR SELVEDGE parallel communication
MCB02 03 XCOMP 08 60 YW WARPSTOP parallel communication
MCB02 04 PDGN K 320 PK LGD LGD diagnostic plug
MCB02 05 PDGN D 320 RD +26V DC stroboscope
MCB02 06 PDGN C 320 YW STR12V stroboscope 12v

EN110410N Print connections > MCB print 429 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB02 07 PDGN A 320 WH STRUP stroboscope up
MCB02 08 PDGN N 320 BL TSTVRSP Test Valve Response
MCB02 09 XCOMP 12 60 RD SPARE spare
MCB02 10 XCOMP 07 60 GR PULSE/REV parallel communication
MCB02 11 XCOMP 09 60 GY START/STOP parallel communication
MCB02 12 XCOMP 10 60 PK FILLINGST. parallel communication
MCB02 13 PDGN E 320 GR STRTRG stroboscope trigger
MCB02 14 PDGN B 320 BR STRDOWN stroboscope down
MCB02 15 PDGN R 320 GY +26VDCL1 +24VDC diagnostic plug
MCB-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB03 01 EPDAF04 34 566 01 26VESDC
MCB03 02 EPDAF04 26 566 02 +5V DC
MCB03 03 EPDAF04 20 566 03 +26V DC
MCB03 04 EPDAF04 35 566 04 +5V DC
MCB03 05 EPDAF04 33 566 05 -12V DC
MCB03 06 EPDAF04 19 566 06 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
MCB03 08 EPDAF04 24 566 07 +12V DC
MCB03 09 EPDAF04 23 566 08 LGD
MCB03 10 EPDAF04 22 566 09 +26VDCS
MCB03 11 EPDAF04 27 566 10 LGD
MCB03 12 EPDAF04 36 566 11 LGD

430 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

MCB-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB04 01 XC372 E 372 YW RSSGNGND
MCB04 03 XC372 B 372 BR RSGND
MCB04 04 XC372 A 372 WH RSREF
MCB04 05 XC372 G 372 GY RSCOSSGN
MCB04 06 XC372 H 372 PK RSSGNGND
MCB04 07 372 GUARD RSGND
MCB04 09 XC372 D 372 GR RSSINSGN
MCB-05
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB05 02 X QSC j 91 GY DTWTCAL2
MCB05 02 XC706 02 706 YW DTWTCAL2
MCB05 03 X QSC d 90 GY DTWTCAL1
MCB05 03 XC706 02 706 YW DTWTCAL1
MCB05 04 XC57A 03 57A GR DTLUSHLVL Lubrication level cam
motion
MCB05 05 X QSC b 90 GR +26VDCL1
MCB05 05 XC706 05 706 WH +26VDCL1
MCB05 06 X QSC h 91 GR +26VDCL1
MCB05 06 XC706 05 706 WH +26VDCL1
MCB05 07 XC677 1 677 BR +26V DC
MCB05 09 XC691 01 691 WH +26V DC 26V DTTHLU
MCB05 13 XC691 02 691 BR DTTHLU DeTection THermal LUbrication
MCB05 14 IPS ACOK 608 WH PWF
MCB05 16 X QSC a 90 BR LGD
MCB05 17 X QSC c 90 YW LGD

EN110410N Print connections > MCB print 431 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB05 17 XC706 03 706 GR LGD
MCB05 18 X QSC e 90 GUARD LGD
MCB05 18 XC706 01 706 GUARD LGD
MCB05 19 X QSC g 91 BR LGD
MCB05 20 XC677 02 599 WH AIRCON1
MCB05 22 X QSC i 91 YW LGD
MCB05 22 XC706 03 651 GR LGD
MCB05 23 X QSC k 91 GUARD LGD
MCB05 23 XC706 01 706 GUARD LGD
MCB05 29 EPDAF08 01 654 WH SENSE SGD
MCB05 30 XC677 03 677 BL LGD
MCB05 32 EPDAF08 02 654 BR SENSE DTI
MCB05 33 IPS DCOK 608 BR PG/ID
MCB05 34 EPDAF08 3 654 GR F26VDCOK
MCB05 36 X QSC Z 90 WH DTWT1
MCB05 36 XC706 04 706 BR DTWT1
MCB05 37 X QSC f 91 WH DTWT2
MCB05 37 XC706 04 706 BR DTWT2

432 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

MCB-06
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB06 05 XC69 01 69 YW/BR EM16DO
MCB06 06 XC69 03 69 BR/GR EM14DO
MCB06 07 XC69 05 69 RD/BL EM12DO
MCB06 09 XC69 07 69 VT EM10DO
MCB06 10 XC69 09 69 RD EM8DO
MCB06 11 XC69 11 69 PK EM6DO
MCB06 12 XC69 13 69 YW EM4DO
MCB06 13 XC69 15 69 BR EM2DO
MCB06 14 XC69 69 BR/BL DTLUSHLVL
MCB06 15 XC69 29 69 WH/GY +26V DC
MCB06 16 XC69 30 69 GY/BR +26V DC
MCB06 17 XC69 31 69 WH/PK +26V DC
MCB06 18 XC69 69 WH/BL +26VDCL1
MCB06 24 XC69 02 69 WH/YW EM15DO
MCB06 25 XC69 04 69 WH/GR EM13DO
MCB06 26 XC69 06 69 GY/PK EM11DO
MCB06 28 XC69 08 69 BK EM9DO
MCB06 29 XC69 10 69 BL EM7DO
MCB06 30 XC69 12 69 GY EM5DO
MCB06 31 XC69 14 69 GR EM3DO
MCB06 32 XC69 16 69 WH EM1DO
MCB06 33 XC69 32 69 PK/BR +26V DC

EN110410N Print connections > MCB print 433 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

MCB-07
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB07 01 XC64 11 64A GY/PK +26VDCL2
MCB07 02 PBLO 13 710 GR PBLOR
MCB07 03 XC164A C 164A GR +26VDCL2
MCB07 03 MCB07 07 WH CVR2 WHhout cover2
MCB07 05 XC64 01 64A WH PBSTRTSUPLHS
MCB07 07 XC164A D 164A YW DTCVRRHS
MCB07 07 MCB07 03 WH CVR2 WHhout cover2
MCB07 08 XC371A A 371A WH PBSTP
MCB07 08 MCB07 36 WH CVR1 & 2 In case of cover 2
MCB07 08 MCB07 23 WH CVR1 & 2 WHhout cover2
MCB07 10 PBPTHR 14 710 WH +26VDCL2
MCB07 11 XC64 02 64A BR PBSTRTLHS
MCB07 13 XC371A C 371A GR +26VDCL2
MCB07 13 MCB07 22 WH CVR1
MCB07 14 XC64 08 64A RD PBPFFLHS
MCB07 16 MCB07 27 WH STOP2 In case of OMNIPLUS 2
MCB07 17 XC64 12 64A RD/BL STOPCOMM
MCB07 18 XC164A A 164A WH PBSTP
MCB07 19 PBFA 13 711 WH PBFAR
MCB07 20 PBLO 23 710 BR PBLOF
MCB07 21 PBPTHR 13 710 YW PBPTHR
MCB07 22 XC371A D 371A YW DTCVRLHS
MCB07 22 MCB07 13 WH CVR1
MCB07 23 XC164A B 164A BR PBSTP
MCB07 23 MCB07 08 WH CVR1 & 2 WHhout cover2
MCB07 24 XC64 05 64A GY PBSMPFSUPLHS

434 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB07 27 MCB07 16 WH STOP2 In case of OMNIPLUS 2
MCB07 31 XC64 09 64A BK PBPFRLHS
MCB07 33 XC64 07 64A BL PBSMFLHS
MCB07 35 XC64 06 64A PK PBSMRLHS
MCB07 36 XC371A B 371A BR PBSTP
MCB07 36 MCB07 08 WH CVR1 & 2 In case of cover 2
MCB07 37 PBFAF 23 711 BR PBFAF
MCB-08
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB08 03 XC75 05 75 GY +26VDCL2
MCB08 04 XC75 08 75 RD JQZONE2
MCB08 05 XC75 07 75 BL JQZONE1
MCB08 06 XC67 07 67A BL DTQMLU
MCB08 07 XC67 04 67A YW +26VDCL2
MCB08 08 MASP 06 99 BR +26VDCL2
MCB08 09 MASP 01 99 WH DTTHMASP
MCB08 10 XC75 01 75 WH LGD
MCB08 12 XC67 14 67A BR/GR DTKMM
MCB08 13 XC67 13 67A WH/GR DTQMLVL
MCB08 14 XC67 02 67A BR DTTHTM
MCB08 15 XC67 11 67A GY/PK DTQMASP
MCB-09
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB09 01 XC694 01 694 WH VPF Valve Pick Finder
MCB09 02 XC76 01 76 WH VRES2
MCB09 04 XC105 01 105A WH +26V DC

EN110410N Print connections > MCB print 435 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB09 05 XSL 01 66 WH 26V DC
MCB09 06 EPDAF08 06 654 PK WL
MCB09 10 XSL 05 66 GY SLWH
MCB09 11 XSL 04 66 YW SLRD
MCB09 12 XSL 03 66 GR SLOR
MCB09 13 XSL 02 66 BR SLGR
MCB09 14 XC413 01 413 WH PBR
MCB09 19 XC694 02 694 BR PGDR ground VPF
MCB09 20 XC413 02 413 BR PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
MCB09 21 XC76 02 76 BR PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
MCB09 22 XC105 05 105A GY SLWH
MCB09 23 XC105 04 105A YW SLRD
MCB09 24 XC105 03 105A GR SLOR
MCB09 25 XC105 02 105A BR SLGR
MCB-10
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB10 01 XC152 05 152 GY OSSD output
MCB10 01 MCB10 04 WH HS WHhout HS
MCB10 01 HS 43 162 BR HSLS1
MCB10 02 XC152 06 152 PK ERROR SIGNAL
MCB10 02 MCB10 07 WH HS WHhout HS

MCB10 02 HS 45 162 GR FBHSSTRT1


MCB10 03 XC64 10 64A VT PBSMPF2
MCB10 04 XC151 01 151 WH CODE 1

436 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB10 04 MCB10 01 WH HS WHhout HS
MCB10 04 HS 42 162 RD ES
MCB10 05 XC64 03 64A GR PBSTRT2SUP
MCB10 06 EPDAF08 08 654 BL ESDC
MCB10 07 XC152 01 152 WH CODE 1
MCB10 07 MCB10 02 WH HS WHhout HS
MCB10 07 HS 44 162 BL PBSTRT2
MCB10 09 XC151 03 151 GR CODE 2
MCB10 10 XC152 03 152 GR CODE 2
MCB10 11 XC151 05 151 GY TEST
MCB10 11 HS 23 162 YW HSTST
MCB10 12 KSFTY 53 * 393 WH +26VDCL In case of 2xNO contacts
=>53 ; In case of 4xNO
contacts =>73
MCB 12 HS 21 162 GY 26VDCL2
MCB10 14 XC151 07 151 BL 0V
MCB10 14 HS 22 162 PK LGD
MCB10 15 XC152 07 152 BL 0V
MCB10 15 HS 24 162 WH LGD
MCB10 18 XC64 04 64A YW PBSTRT2
MCB10 19 XC151 04 151 YW PE
MCB10 20 XC152 04 152 YW PE
MCB10 21 XC151 08 151 RD
MCB10 22 XC152 08 152 RD
MCB10 23 XC75 04 75 YW JQSMR
MCB10 24 XC75 03 75 GR JQSMF
MCB10 25 XC75 02 75 BR JQSTRTSTP

EN110410N Print connections > MCB print 437 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

MCB-11
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB11 01 XC392 01 392 WH +26VDCL2
MCB11 02 XC75 06 75 PK JQSTA
MCB11 03 X QSC n 88 BR/RD PXERL PXERL
MCB11 03 X NQSC 24 363 BR/RD PXERL PXERL
MCB11 04 XC392 02 392 BR PXREF
MCB11 05 XC175 02 175 BR PXWP
MCB11 06 XC67 12 67A RD/BL BMSTA
MCB11 08 XC174 01 174 WH PXPFP
MCB11 09 XC57A 01 57A WH PXLVLOFF PX leveling off
MCB11 11 X QSC u 359 WH +26VDCL2 PXFASFTY
MCB11 11 XC647 01 647 WH/BL +26VDCL2 PXFASFTY
MCB11 12 X QSC v 359 BR PXFASFTY PXFASFTY
MCB11 12 XC647 02 647 BR/BL PXFASFTY PXFASFTY
MCB11 13 CTTH 07 56 BR CTTHSTA Hotwire cutter status
MCB11 14 XC692 02 692 BR DTLUFL DeTection LUbrication
FiLter
MCB11 17 XC413 03 413 GR DTPBR
MCB11 18 XC57A 02 57A BR LGD LGD PXLVL
MCB11 19 XC174 02 174 BR LGD
MCB11 20 X QSC m 88 WH/RD +26VDCL2 PXERL
MCB11 20 X NQSC 23 363 WH/RD +26VDCL2 PXERL
MCB11 21 XC692 01 692 WH +26VDCL2 26V DTLUFL
MCB11 22 CTTH 06 56 WH +26VDCL2 Hotwire cutter loepfe
MCB11 23 XC57A 04 57A YW +26VDCL2 26V PXLVLOFF and
DTLUSHLVL
MCB11 24 XC413 04 413 YW +26VDCL2

438 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB11 25 XC175 01 175 WH +26VDCL2
MCB-12
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB12 03 X QSC K 88 VT WDRHS WDRHS
MCB12 03 XC643 04 643 YW WDRHS WDRHS
MCB12 04 X QSC S 88 YW/BR WDLHS WDLHS
MCB12 04 XC644 04 644 YW WDLHS WDLHS
MCB12 05 X QSC D 88 YW LDRHS LDRHS
MCB12 05 X NQSC 05 363 GY LDRHS LDRHS
MCB12 06 X QSC W 88 PK/BR WYDLHS WYDLHS
MCB12 06 XC646 02 646 GY/BR WYDLHS WYDLHS
MCB12 08 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 05 54 WH +12VDCFD 12VDC FD
MCB12 09 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 14 54 PK FDSU Filling Detector Suction
MCB12 09 XC356 3 356 BL FDSU Filling Detector Suction
MCB12 10 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 08 54 GY FD2 Filling Detector 2
MCB12 10 XC356 02 356 WH FD2 Filling Detector 2
MCB12 11 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 07 54 BR FD1ZONE Filling Detection 1 in ZONE
MCB12 12 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 15 54 BL FDSUFY Filling Detector Suction
FilthY
MCB12 13 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 13 54 RD FD2ZONE Filling Detection 2 in ZONE
MCB12 14 X QSC J 88 BK LGDRHS WDRHS
MCB12 14 XC643 03 643 GR LGDRHS WDRHS
MCB12 15 X QSC B 88 BR LGD LDLHS
MCB12 15 X NQSC 03 363 GR LGD LDLHS
MCB12 17 X QSC E 88 GY LGD LDRHS
MCB12 17 X NQSC 06 363 PK LGD LDRHS
MCB12 18 X QSC M 88 RD/BL LGD WDRHS

EN110410N Print connections > MCB print 439 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB12 19 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 12 54 YW LGD LGD FD
MCB12 19 XC356 04 356 BK LGD LGD FD
MCB12 20 X QSC P 88 BR/GR LED2 WDLHS
MCB12 20 XC644 02 644 BR LED2 WDLHS
MCB12 21 X QSC H 88 RD LED1 WDRHS
MCB12 21 XC643 02 643 BR LED1 WDRHS
MCB12 22 X QSC U 88 GY/BR LGD WDLHS
MCB12 23 X QSC V 88 WH/PK LGD WYDLHS
MCB12 23 XC646 01 646 WH/GY LGD WYDLHS
MCB12 24 X QSC A 88 WH LDLHS LDLHS
MCB12 24 X NQSC 2 363 BR LDLHS LDLHS
MCB12 25 X QSC Y 88 BR/BL WYDRHS WYDRHS
MCB12 25 XC645 02 645 PK/BR WYDRHS WYDRHS
MCB12 26 FDCB-CN-OUTPUT 06 54 GR FD1 Filling Detector 1
MCB12 26 XC356 01 356 BR FD1 Filling Detector 1
MCB12 27 X QSC L 88 GY/PK +26VDC2 WDRHS
MCB12 27 XC643 05 643 GY +26VDC2 WDRHS
MCB12 28 X QSC T 88 WH/GY +26VDC2 WDLHS
MCB12 28 XC644 05 644 GY 26VDC2 WDLHS
MCB12 29 X QSC G 88 BL PGD (POTENTIAL WDRHS
GROUND)
MCB12 29 XC643 01 643 WH PGD (POTENTIAL WDRHS
GROUND)
MCB12 30 X QSC N 88 WH/GR PGD (POTENTIAL WDLHS
GROUND)
MCB12 30 XC644 01 644 WH PGD (POTENTIAL WDLHS
GROUND)
MCB12 33 X QSC C 88 GR +26VDCL2 LDLHS

440 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


MCB12 33 X NQSC 01 363 WH +26VDCL2 LDLHS
MCB12 35 X QSC F 88 PK +26VDCL2 LDRHS
MCB12 35 X NQSC 04 363 YW +26VDCL2 LDRHS
MCB12 36 X QSC X 88 WH/BL LGD WYDRHS
MCB12 36 XC645 01 645 WH/PK LGD WYDRHS
MCB12 37 X QSC R 88 WH/YW LGDLHS WDLHS
MCB12 37 XC644 03 644 GR LGDLHS WDLHS
MCB-15
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB15 01 XC67 06 67A PK KSTRTSTP
MCB15 04 EPDAF04 21 567 06 48V AC
MCB15 09 KSFTY 14 570 BL DTPWRON
MCB15 12 55 BL DTLUPRESS DeTection LUbrication
PRESSure
MCB15 13 XC67 10 67A VT KMASP
MCB15 14 XC67 03 67A GR KSFTY
MCB15 16 DDMP05 06 WH KMM
MCB15 17 XC67 05 67A GY ACGND
MCB15 18 EPDAF04 21 567 07 ACGD
MCB15 19 XC67 08 67A RD KMLVLON
MCB15 21 XC67 09 67A BK KMLVLOFF
MCB15 22 KSFTY 13 570 BR ESAC
MCB15 23 55 BR +26VDCL2 26V DTLUPRESS

EN110410N Print connections > MCB print 441 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

MCB-16
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB16 01 EPDAF04 29 567 01 +26V DC
MCB16 02 EPDAF04 32 567 02 LGD
MCB16 03 EPDAF04 31 567 03 +26VDCS
MCB16 04 EPDAF04 30 567 04 +41VDC
MCB16 05 EPDAF04 28 567 05 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
MCB-23
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
MCB23 01 EPDAF02 30 577 BR PT1024L
MCB23 02 EPDAF02 21 577 WH PT1024H
MCB23 05 PDGN P 320 VT FTEN Filling Tension
MCB23 08 EPDAF02 32 577 GY EVENTLINE

442 / 458 Print connections > MCB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

MIDB/A print

MIDB/A-01
MIDB/A-02

EN110410N Print connections > MIDB/A print 443 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

PB print
Connections

Dump+

A A C C B B D D
Dump-
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 TP-T

TP-S

TP-R
U14 (2)
U15 (1) PB09
PB04

PB05 PB03 PB06

444 / 458 Print connections > PB print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

TRIAX print
Connections
TRIAX-U79
TRIAX-U80
TRIAX-16 TRIAX-U82

TRIAX-12
TRIAX-20 TRIAX-01
TRIAX-21
TRIAX-11
TRIAX-02
TRIAX-17
TRIAX-10 TRIAX-03
TRIAX-14
TRIAX-09 TRIAX-04
TRIAX-23
TRIAX-24 TRIAX-13

TRIAX-19
TRIAX-18
TRIAX-22
TRIAX-15

EN110410N Print connections > TRIAX print 445 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

TRIAX-01
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX01 01 XCELO 01 619 01 LOPHA1 Phase A, side 1
TRIAX01 02 XCELO 02 619 02 LOPHA2
TRIAX-02
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX02 01 XCELO 05 619 05 LOPHC1
TRIAX02 02 XCELO 06 619 06 LOPHC2
TRIAX-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX03 01 XCELO 03 619 03 LOPHB1
TRIAX03 02 XCELO 04 619 04 LOPHB2
TRIAX-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX04 01 XCELO 07 96 07 LOPHD1
TRIAX04 02 XCELO 08 96 08 LOPHD2
TRIAX-05
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX05 01 XCELOFA 01 622 01 LOPHA1
TRIAX05 02 XCELOFA 02 622 02 LOPHA2
TRIAX-06
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX06 01 XCELOFA 05 622 05 LOPHC1
TRIAX06 02 XCELOFA 06 622 06 LOPHC2

446 / 458 Print connections > TRIAX print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

TRIAX-07
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX07 01 XCELOFA 01 622 03 LOPHB1
TRIAX07 02 XCELOFA 02 622 04 LOPHB2
TRIAX-08
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX07 01 XCELOFA 07 622 07 LOPHD1
TRIAX07 02 XCELOFA 08 622 08 LOPHD2

TRIAX-15
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX15 01 EPDAF12 03 586 01 +290F
TRIAX15 02 EPDAF12 04 586 02 +290F
TRIAX15 04 EPDAF12 07 586 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
TRIAX15 05 EPDAF12 08 586 04 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
TRIAX-16
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX16 01 EPDAF12 12 587 01 +5V DC
TRIAX16 02 EPDAF12 24 587 02 +12V DC
TRIAX16 03 EPDAF12 21 587 03 DD2
TRIAX16 04 EPDAF12 11 587 04 LGD
TRIAX16 05 EPDAF12 16 587 05 +5V DC
TRIAX16 07 EPDAF12 22 587 06 -12V DC
TRIAX16 08 EPDAF12 15 587 07 LGD

EN110410N Print connections > TRIAX print 447 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


TRIAX16 10 EPDAF12 14 587 08 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
TRIAX16 12 EPDAF12 13 587 09 +26VDC1
TRIAX-17
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX17 01 XCELO 16 620 BR RSGND resolver ground
TRIAX17 01 XCELO 16 374 BR RSGND resolver ground
TRIAX17 02 XCELO 24 620 PK RSSGNGND resolver signal ground
TRIAX17 02 XCELO 24 374 PK RSSGNGND resolver signal ground
TRIAX17 03 XCELO 19 620 YW RSSGNGND resolver signal ground
TRIAX17 03 XCELO 19 374 YW RSSGNGND resolver signal ground
TRIAX17 04 620 GUARD RSGND
TRIAX17 04 374 GUARD RSGND
TRIAX17 06 623 DRAINWIR RSGND
E
TRIAX17 07 XCELOFA 16 623 BR RSGND
TRIAX17 08 XCELOFA 24 623 PK RSSGNGND
TRIAX17 09 XCELOFA 19 623 YW RSSGNGND
TRIAX17 14 XCELO 15 620 WH RSREF resolver reference
TRIAX17 14 XCELO 15 374 WH RSREF resolver reference
TRIAX17 15 XCELO 23 620 GY RSCOSSGN resolver cosinus signal
TRIAX17 15 XCELO 23 374 GY RSCOSSGN resolver cosinus signal
TRIAX17 16 XCELO 20 620 GR RSSINSGN resolver sinus signal
TRIAX17 16 XCELO 20 374 GR RSSINSGN resolver sinus signal
TRIAX17 19 XCELOFA 15 623 WH RSREF
TRIAX17 20 XCELOFA 23 623 GY RSCOSSGN
TRIAX17 21 XCELOFA 20 623 GR RSSINSGN

448 / 458 Print connections > TRIAX print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

TRIAX-18
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX18 01 TRIAX18 02
— WH CANMODE In case of second Triax
TRIAX18 02 TRIAX18 01
TRIAX18 06 MCB01 16 665 WH TXCAN+
TRIAX18 07 MCB01 17 665 BR TXCAN-
TRIAX18 08 MCB01 23 665 GR RXCAN+
TRIAX18 09 MCB01 22 665 YW RXCAN-
TRIAX-19
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX19 01 XCELO 17 621 03 BRELO+
TRIAX19 01 XCELO 17 375 03 BRELO+
TRIAX19 03 XCELOFA 13 624 02 -BIMELOFA
TRIAX19 04 XCEOLFA 17 624 17 BRELOFA+
TRIAX19 07 XCELOFA 21 624 21 BRELOFA-
TRIAX19 08 XCELO 21 621 04 BRELO-
TRIAX19 08 XCELO 21 375 04 BRELO-
TRIAX19 09 XCELO 13 621 02 -BIMLO
TRIAX19 10 XCELOFA 09 624 01 +BIMELOFA
TRIAX19 11 XCELO 09 98 01 +BIMLO for bimetal
TRIAX19 11 XCELO 09 621 01 +BIMLO for bimetal
TRIAX-20
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
TRIAX20 07 XC640 02 640 BR VSU
TRIAX20 08 XC642 02 642 BR VTIRHS/VLCASUTI
TRIAX20 09 XC641 01 641 WH WSTCTA+
TRIAX20 10 XC641 03 641 GR WSTCTB+

EN110410N Print connections > TRIAX print 449 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


TRIAX20 11 XC641 02 641 BR WSTCTA-
TRIAX20 12 XC641 04 641 YW WSTCTB-
TRIAX20 13 XC640 01 640 WH +26VDC1
TRIAX20 14 XC642 01 642 WH 26VTIRHS/VLCASUTI

450 / 458 Print connections > TRIAX print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

WEB_X-print
Connections

*=X

WEB_*-04 WEB_*-05 WEB_*-03 WEB_*-06 WEB_*-02 WEB_*-01

EN110410N Print connections > WEB_X-print 451 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

WEB_X-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-X 03 01 XC395 A 395 01 MESLHSA+ motor ELSYLHS A+
WEB-X 03 02 XC395 B 395 02 MESLHSA- motor ELSYLHS A-
WEB-X 03 03 XC395 C 395 03 MESLHSB+ motor ELSYLHS B+
WEB-X 03 04 XC395 D 395 04 MESLHSB- motor ELSYLHS B-
WEB-X 03 05 XC395 F 395 05 26VPBESLHS
WEB-X 03 06 XC395 H 395 06 PBESLHS
WEB_X-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-X 04 01 XC341A 02 341A BR VRN18- Valve relay nozzle18- (only
types>T220)
WEB-X 04 02 XC341A 04 341A YW VRN19- Valve relay nozzle19- (only
types >=T280)
WEB-X 04 03 XC341A 06 341A PK VRN20- Valve relay nozzle20- (only
types >=T280)
WEB-X 04 04 XC341A 08 341A RD VRN21- Valve relay nozzle21- (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 05 XC341A 10 341A VT VRN22- Valve relay nozzle22- (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 06 XC341A 12 341A RD/BL VRN23- Valve relay nozzle23- (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 07 XC341A 14 341A BR/GR VRN24- Valve relay nozzle24- (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 08 XC341A 16 341A YW/BR VRN25- Valve relay nozzle25- (only
types >=T360)
WEB-X 04 14 XC341A 01 341A WH VRN18+ Valve relay nozzle18+ (only
types >T220)
WEB-X 04 15 XC341A 03 341A GR VRN19+ Valve relay nozzle19+ (only
types >=T280)

452 / 458 Print connections > WEB_X-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment


WEB-X 04 16 XC341A 05 341A GY VRN20+ Valve relay nozzle20+ (only
types >=T280)
WEB-X 04 17 XC341A 07 341A BL VRN21+ Valve relay nozzle21+ (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 18 XC341A 09 341A BK VRN22+ Valve relay nozzle22+ (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 19 XC341A 11 341A GY/PK VRN23+ Valve relay nozzle23+ (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 20 XC341A 13 341A WH/GR VRN24+ Valve relay nozzle24+ (only
types >=T340)
WEB-X 04 21 XC341A 15 341A WH/YW VRN25+ Valve relay nozzle25+ (only
types >=T360)
WEB-X 04 22 XC72 01 72A WH FBRCT1A+
WEB-X 04 23 XC72 03 72A GR FBRCT1B+
WEB-X 04 24 XC72 04 72A YW FBRCT1B-
WEB-X 04 25 XC72 02 72A BR FBRCT1A-
WEB_X-05
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-X 05 01 EPDAF14 13 613 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-X 05 02 EPDAF14 17 613 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-X 05 03 EPDAF14 21 613 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-X 05 04 EPDAF14 14 613 04 26V DC
WEB-X 05 05 EPDAF14 18 613 05 26V DC
WEB-X 05 06 EPDAF14 22 613 06 26V DC

EN110410N Print connections > WEB_X-print 453 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

WEB_Y-print
Connections

*=Y

WEB_*-04 WEB_*-05 WEB_*-03 WEB_*-06 WEB_*-02 WEB_*-01

454 / 458 Print connections > WEB_Y-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

WEB_Y-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-Y 03 01 XC397 A 397 01 MESMID1A+ motor ELSYMID1 A+
WEB-Y 03 02 XC397 B 397 02 MESMID1A- motor ELSYMID1 A-
WEB-Y 03 03 XC397 C 397 03 MESMID1B+ motor ELSYMID1 B+
WEB-Y 03 04 XC397 D 397 04 MESMID1B- motor ELSYMID1 B-
WEB-Y 03 05 XC397 F 397 05 26VPBESMID1
WEB-Y 03 06 XC397 H 397 06 PBESMID1
WEB_Y-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-Y 04 01 XC341A 18 341A GY/BR VRN26- Valve relay nozzle26- (only
types >=T400)
WEB-Y 04 02 XC341A 20 341A PK/BR VRN27- Valve relay nozzle27- (only
types >=T400)
WEB-Y 04 03 XC341A 22 341A BR/BL VRN28- Valve relay nozzle28- (only
types >=T400)
WEB-Y 04 14 XC341A 17 341A WH/GY VRN26+ Valve relay nozzle26+ (only
types >=T400)
WEB-Y 04 15 XC341A 19 341A WH/PK VRN27+ Valve relay nozzle27+ (only
types >=T400)
WEB-Y 04 16 XC341A 21 341A WH/BL VRN28+ Valve relay nozzle28+ (only
types >=T400)
WEB-Y 04 22 XC73 01 73A WH FBRCT2A+
WEB-Y 04 23 XC73 03 73A GR FBRCT2B+
WEB-Y 04 24 XC73 04 73A YW FBRCT2B-
WEB-Y 04 25 XC73 02 73A BR FBRCT2A-

EN110410N Print connections > WEB_Y-print 455 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

WEB_Y-05
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-Y 05 01 EPDAF14 16 614 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-Y 05 02 EPDAF14 20 614 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-Y 05 03 EPDAF14 24 614 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-Y 05 04 EPDAF14 15 614 04 26V DC
WEB-Y 05 05 EPDAF14 19 614 05 26V DC
WEB-Y 05 06 EPDAF14 23 614 06 26V DC

456 / 458 Print connections > WEB_Y-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be
a

WEB_Z-print
Connections

*=Z

WEB_*-04 WEB_*-05 WEB_*-03 WEB_*-06 WEB_*-02 WEB_*-01

EN110410N Print connections > WEB_Z-print 457 / 458


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be 458
a

WEB_Z-03
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-Z 03 01 XC398 A 398 01 MESMID2A+ motor ELSYMID2 A+
WEB-Z 03 02 XC398 B 398 02 MESMID2A- motor ELSYMID2 A-
WEB-Z 03 03 XC398 C 398 03 MESMID2B+ motor ELSYMID2 B+
WEB-Z 03 04 XC398 D 398 04 MESMID2B- motor ELSYMID2 B-
WEB-Z 03 05 XC398 F 398 05 26VPBESMID2
WEB-Z 03 06 XC398 H 398 06 PBESMID2
WEB_Z-04
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-Z 04 22 XC74 01 74A WH FBRCT3A+
WEB-Z 04 23 XC74 03 74A GR FBRCT3B+
WEB-Z 04 24 XC74 04 74A YW FBRCT3B-
WEB-Z 04 25 XC74 02 74A BR FBRCT3A-
WEB_Z-05
From Point To Point Cable Wire Signal Comment
WEB-Z 05 01 EPDAF S2 615 01 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-Z 05 02 EPDAF S2 615 02 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-Z 05 03 EPDAF S2 615 03 PGD (POTENTIAL
GROUND)
WEB-Z 05 04 EPDAF S1 615 04 26V DC
WEB-Z 05 05 EPDAF S1 615 05 26V DC
WEB-Z 05 06 EPDAF S1 615 06 26V DC

458 / 458 Print connections > WEB_Z-print EN110410N


Original setting manual – e-mail: TecDoc@picanol.be

You might also like